WO2024041212A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024041212A1
WO2024041212A1 PCT/CN2023/104918 CN2023104918W WO2024041212A1 WO 2024041212 A1 WO2024041212 A1 WO 2024041212A1 CN 2023104918 W CN2023104918 W CN 2023104918W WO 2024041212 A1 WO2024041212 A1 WO 2024041212A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
index
terminal device
codebook
trp
values
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/104918
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张笛笛
王潇涵
李婷
金黄平
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024041212A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024041212A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and device.
  • the 5th generation (5G) communication system has higher requirements for system capacity, spectrum efficiency, etc.
  • network equipment often needs to obtain channel state information (channel state information) of uplink channels and downlink channels. , CSI) to further ensure the performance of the system.
  • channel state information channel state information
  • CSI channel state information
  • the terminal device In a frequency-division duplexing (FDD) system, there is a large frequency interval between the uplink channel and the downlink channel, and the uplink channel and the downlink channel are not completely reciprocal, and the network equipment cannot pass the uplink channel.
  • Channel estimation is used to obtain the complete downlink channel.
  • the terminal device needs to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, so that the network device can reconstruct the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel.
  • the CSI of the downlink channel includes transmission and reception.
  • TRP transmitting and receiving points
  • the terminal device needs to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thus increasing the reporting overhead of the terminal device .
  • This application provides a communication method and device that eliminates the need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
  • the method may include: the terminal device receives first indication information from the network device, the first indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation; the terminal device determines the first set of values, Each value in a set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs. The sum of each value in the first set of values is equal to the total number of airspace bases; the terminal device sends the second instruction information to the network device, and the second The indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  • the terminal device can send second indication information to the network device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values. Therefore, after receiving the second indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first set of values, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device determines the first set of values, including: the terminal device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the at least one set of codebook parameters Each set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the first set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the airspace corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs that the terminal device can freely choose to participate in collaboration.
  • codebook parameters such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook
  • the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
  • the terminal device sends the first index to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first index associated with the first set of values, and there is no need to report the number of airspace bases to the network device.
  • the network device independently reports the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the terminal device sends a bitmap to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first group of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases. .
  • the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the terminal device sends the combination number to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first set of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters Codebook parameters include the number of spatial bases.
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is The number of frequency domain bases is the same.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
  • the method may include: the terminal device receives a second index from the network device, the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP; the terminal device determines according to the second index The index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP among the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the N TRPs include Q TRPs.
  • the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP among the Q TRPs is the first Q codes included in the second index. The index of this parameter, where N and Q are positive integers.
  • the terminal device can determine the codebook parameters corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration according to the second index, thereby reducing the processing complexity of the terminal device.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
  • the method may include: the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, and the third indication information is used to indicate the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation to all combination coefficients; the terminal device determines The second set of values. Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the combination coefficient. The sum of each value in the second set of values is equal to the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients to all The proportion of the combination coefficient; the terminal device sends fourth indication information to the network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
  • the terminal device can send fourth indication information to the network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values. Therefore, after receiving the fourth indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the second set of values, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the second set of values, including: the terminal device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the terminal device determines the second set of values in the at least one set of codebook parameters.
  • Each set of codebook parameters includes the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the second set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), from Possible ways to reduce the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in collaboration can be reduced by the terminal device, thereby further controlling the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • codebook parameters such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook
  • the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the terminal device can send a bitmap to the network device, and the bitmap is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values, so that after the network device receives the bitmap, it can determine participation based on the bitmap.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a non-zero combination coefficient. Proportion of the combination coefficient.
  • the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the terminal device can send a combination number to the network device, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values. Therefore, after the network device receives the combination number, it can determine the participation based on the combination number.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of combinations participating in the collaboration.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters
  • the codebook parameters include the ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the third indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is The number of frequency domain bases is the same.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
  • the method may include: the terminal device receives fifth indication information from the network device, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases and the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation, where, , is Positive integer; when the terminal device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs, the number of bits used is; the number of bits the terminal device sends to the network device.
  • the terminal device can send a number of bits to the network device, so that after the network device receives the number of bits, it can determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the number of bits.
  • the terminal device reports the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the network device, it can report the number of bits, and there is no need to separately report the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the network device. , thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a network device or a chip applied in the network device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a network device as an example.
  • the method may include: the network device determines a first set of values, where each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP of multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the collaboration; the network device sends a second set of values to the terminal device. Indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  • the network device can determine the first set of values and send the first set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the first set of values after obtaining the first set of values without sending the first set of values to the network device.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs can report codebook structure information to the network device, such as indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix, indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix, and non-zero combinations in the combination coefficients. Coefficients and other parameters further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
  • the network device determines the first set of values, including: the network device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the network device determines the first set of values in the at least one set of codebook parameters.
  • Each set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the second indication information includes a first index, the first index and the first group Numerical values are associated.
  • the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases. .
  • the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters Codebook parameters include the number of spatial bases.
  • the present application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a network device or a chip applied in the network device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a network device as an example.
  • the method may include: the network device determines a second index according to the indexes of M groups of codebook parameters, and the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP, where M , N is a positive integer, and N is less than or equal to M; the network device sends the second index to the terminal device.
  • the network device can send a second index to the terminal device.
  • the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, so that the terminal device receives the second index.
  • the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs can be obtained.
  • the network device when the network device indicates to the terminal device the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, it can send the second index to the terminal device.
  • the network device does not need to separately indicate to the terminal device the codebook parameters in the N TRPs.
  • Each TRP has its own corresponding codebook parameters, thereby reducing the instruction overhead of the network device.
  • the N TRPs include Q TRPs participating in the collaboration, and the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration is included in the second index.
  • Index of the first Q codebook parameters, Q is a positive integer.
  • the present application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a network device or a chip applied in the network device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a network device as an example.
  • the method may include: the network device determines a second set of values, each value in the second set of values being the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient; the network device sends a fourth instruction to the terminal device information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
  • the network device can determine the second set of values and send the second set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the second set of values after obtaining the second set of values without sending the second set of values to the network device.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, so that the codebook structure information can be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix, the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix, and the combination coefficient
  • the non-zero combination coefficient and other parameters further reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device and the reporting overhead.
  • the network device determines the second set of values, including: the network device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the network device determines the second set of values in the at least one set of codebook parameters.
  • Each set of codebook parameters includes the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a non-zero combination coefficient. Proportion of the combination coefficient.
  • the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters
  • the codebook parameters include the ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • An eighth aspect provides a communication device, which is used to perform the method in any of the possible implementation modes of the first to seventh aspects.
  • the device may include units and/or modules for performing the method in any possible implementation of the first to seventh aspects, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit.
  • the device is a terminal device or a network device.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface;
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the device is a chip, chip system or circuit used for terminal equipment or network equipment.
  • the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit.
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit, etc.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication device, which includes at least one processor for executing computer programs or instructions stored in a memory to perform the method in any of the possible implementations of the first to seventh aspects.
  • the device further includes a memory for storing computer programs or instructions.
  • the device further includes a communication interface, through which the processor reads the computer program or instructions stored in the memory.
  • the device is a terminal device or a network device.
  • the device is a chip, chip system or circuit used for terminal equipment or network equipment.
  • this application provides a processor for executing the methods provided in the above aspects.
  • processor output, reception, input and other operations can be understood as processor output, reception, input and other operations.
  • transmitting and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a program code for device execution.
  • the program code includes a program code for executing any of the possible implementations of the above-mentioned first to seventh aspects. Methods.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method in any of the possible implementation modes of the above-mentioned first to seventh aspects.
  • the present application also provides a system, which system includes a terminal device, and the terminal device can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the methods of the first to fourth aspects.
  • system may further include a network device, and the network device may be configured to perform the steps performed by the network device in the above fifth to seventh aspects.
  • the system may also include other devices that interact with one or more of the terminal device and network device in the solutions provided by the embodiments of this application, and so on.
  • Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication scenario suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 shows a schematic block diagram of another communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of a chip system 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (NR) systems, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) systems, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, etc.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) communication systems or other communication systems.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine type Communication
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice/data to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, which can Wearable devices, terminal devices in the 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., are not limited in the embodiments
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device, and the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in the wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the LTE system. It can also be the evolved base station (evoled) in the LTE system.
  • the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and 5G Network equipment in the network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc., which are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device or network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit Hardware such as memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc.
  • This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication scenario suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal device (eg, terminal device 110, terminal device 120, terminal device 130, terminal device 140, terminal device 150, and terminal device 160) and a network device 170.
  • the network device 170 is used to provide communication services for terminal devices and access the core network.
  • the terminal devices can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, etc. sent by the network device 170, thereby establishing communication with the network device.
  • the terminal device 110, the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 160 in Figure 1 can perform uplink and downlink transmission with the network device 170.
  • the network device 170 can send downlink data to the terminal device 110, the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 160, and can also receive the terminal device 110, the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 170. Uplink data sent by device 160.
  • the terminal device 140, the terminal device 150 and the terminal device 160 can also be regarded as a communication system.
  • the terminal device 160 can send downlink data to the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 150, and can also receive uplink data sent by the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 150. data.
  • the network device included in the communication system may be one or more.
  • a network device can send data to one or more end devices. Multiple network devices can also send data to one or more terminal devices at the same time.
  • the 5G communication system has higher requirements for system capacity, spectrum efficiency, etc.
  • network equipment often needs to obtain channel state information (CSI) of the uplink channel and downlink channel to ensure system performance.
  • CSI channel state information
  • the terminal device is required to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, so that the network device can reconstruct the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel.
  • the basic process for the terminal device to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device may include the following steps:
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information is used for the measurement configuration of the downlink channel, such as the measurement time of the downlink channel, the measurement behavior of the downlink channel, etc.
  • the network device sends pilot (reference signaling, RS) information to the terminal device.
  • pilot reference signaling
  • the RS information is used for downlink channel measurement.
  • the terminal device measures the downlink channel based on the configuration information and RS information to obtain the CSI of the downlink channel.
  • the terminal device reports the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device.
  • the network device reconstructs the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel.
  • the terminal device can obtain the CSI of the downlink channel based on the reciprocity of part of the information between the uplink channel and the downlink channel, and report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, so that the network device can perform downlink processing based on the CSI of the downlink channel.
  • the channel is reconstructed.
  • the basic process for the terminal device to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device based on the reciprocity of partial information between the uplink channel and the downlink channel may include the following steps:
  • the network device performs channel estimation on the uplink channel and obtains partial information of the downlink channel based on the estimated uplink channel information, such as the angle information and delay information of the downlink channel;
  • the network device sends RS information to the terminal device.
  • the RS information includes angle information and delay information of the downlink channel.
  • the terminal device measures the downlink channel based on the RS information to obtain the CSI of the downlink channel.
  • the terminal device reports the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device.
  • the network device reconstructs the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel, the angle information and the delay information of the downlink channel.
  • the CSI of the downlink channel includes some indication information for codebook reconstruction, and the network can complete the reconstruction of the precoding matrix or channel matrix based on the indication information fed back by the terminal.
  • the three-level codebook structure corresponding to R16 eTypeII and R17 FeTypeII For the R16 eTypeII codebook, W 1 ⁇ N P ⁇ 2L is the spatial domain selection matrix, which means that 2L beams are selected from P spatial domain beams; is the frequency domain compression matrix, which means selecting M columns from the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) matrix set, N 3 is the number of resources or sub-bands of the frequency domain resource block (RB); W 2 ⁇ C 2L ⁇ M is the combination coefficient quantized according to the quantization criterion.
  • DFT discrete Fourier transform
  • R17FeTypeII codebook is the port selection matrix, which means selecting K 1 ports from P ports; is the frequency domain compression matrix, which means selecting M columns from the DFT matrix set, and N 3 is the number of resources or subbands of the frequency domain RB; is the combination coefficient quantified according to the quantization criterion.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device reports the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, it may report the codebook structure information in the uplink control information (UCI). For example, for the R16 eTypeII NP codebook, the terminal device can report the indication information corresponding to the air domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters in the UCI; For another example, for the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook, the terminal device can report the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters in the UCI .
  • the terminal device can report the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters in the UCI .
  • the terminal device can report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device in a multi-station cooperation manner.
  • the CSI of the downlink channel includes the airspace base number corresponding to the transmitting and receiving point (TRP). number.
  • TRP transmitting and receiving point
  • CJT coherent cooperative transmission
  • NCJT non-coherent joint transmission
  • the distance difference between the participating TRPs and the end device may result in a large difference in the channel between the participating TRPs and the end device.
  • each TRP of its own When determining the number of corresponding airspace bases, there may be a large difference between the number of corresponding airspace bases for different TRPs. In this case, the terminal device needs to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in all TRPs participating in the collaboration. , thus increasing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the terminal device does not need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in all TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting time of the terminal device. overhead.
  • TRP is mentioned many times in the embodiments of this application. It can be understood that when there are multiple pilot (channel state information-reference signaling, CSI-RS) resources used to measure CSI, the multiple CSI-RS There is a one-to-one correspondence between resources and multiple TRPs; when there is one CSI-RS resource, the one CSI-RS resource has multiple antenna ports, and the multiple antenna ports can be evenly allocated to each TRP. Each TRP The obtained number of antenna ports forms an antenna port group, and the number of antenna ports obtained by multiple TRPs forms multiple antenna port groups. There is a one-to-one correspondence between the multiple antenna port groups and multiple TRPs.
  • CSI-RS channel state information-reference signaling
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, method 200 may include the following steps.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information from the network device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation.
  • the terminal device may receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 correspond to The total number of bases in their respective airspace.
  • the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation is the total number of airspace bases selected by the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the way for the terminal device to obtain the total number of airspace bases corresponding to the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration may also include: the terminal device may also receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the way for the terminal device to obtain the total number of airspace bases corresponding to the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration may also include: the terminal device may also receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the terminal device determines a first set of values.
  • Each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs.
  • the sum of each value in the first set of values is equal to the total number of airspace bases.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device can determine the first set of values in the following ways.
  • Method #A The terminal device allocates the corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the total number of airspace bases.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device allocates the corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, it may be allocated randomly or according to a certain rule, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device can use TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3
  • the corresponding number of airspace bases is allocated as 5, 6, and 5.
  • the terminal device can use the airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 respectively.
  • the numbers are assigned to 3 and 7.
  • Method #B The terminal device allocates a corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the total number of airspace bases and the channel quality of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 16. Assuming that the channel quality of TRP1 is better, the terminal The equipment can allocate the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to 10, 3, and 3 respectively.
  • TRPs with better channel quality can allocate more airspace bases, thereby improving system performance.
  • Method #C The terminal device allocates the corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the total number of airspace bases and the combined coefficient power of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 16, and assuming that the combined coefficient power of TRP1 is larger, then
  • the terminal equipment can allocate the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to 10, 3, and 3 respectively.
  • TRPs with larger combined coefficient power can occupy more airspace bases, thereby improving system performance.
  • the terminal device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of airspace bases.
  • At least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook, or the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the R16 eTypeII NP codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that for TRPs with better channel status among TRPs participating in collaboration, this type of TRP often has a greater impact on collaboration performance. , thus a larger number of airspace bases can be allocated to this type of TRP. At this time, the R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a larger number of airspace bases.
  • the following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation.
  • the exemplary description of using the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
  • Table 1 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination.
  • L is the number of airspace bases; is the number of frequency domain bases, where v is the number of layers, N 3 is the number of precoding matrix indicator (PMI) sub-bands, and R is each channel quality indicator (CQI) sub-band.
  • PMI precoding matrix indicator
  • CQI channel quality indicator
  • Table 1 shows 10 sets of codebook parameters.
  • the 10 sets of codebook parameters can be recorded as index 1 to index 10 respectively.
  • the number of airspace bases included in index 1 to index 10 are 2, 2, 4, 4, respectively.
  • 4, 4, 6, 6, 8, 8, index 9 and index 10 are two sets of codebook parameters added to the codebook parameters in the R16 eTypeII NP codebook.
  • the terminal device can use index 1, index 8 , the codebook parameters corresponding to index 9 respectively determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to be 2, 6, and 8.
  • the first set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the airspace corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs that the terminal device can freely choose to participate in collaboration.
  • codebook parameters such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook
  • the terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  • the terminal device can send second indication information to the network device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values. Therefore, after receiving the second indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first set of values, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
  • step 230 when the second indication information indicates the first set of values, the following methods may be used.
  • the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
  • Example 1 assuming that there are four TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively.
  • the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 is 16, then TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3
  • the possible ways for TRP4 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are as shown in Table 2, and the sum of the number of corresponding airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 is equal to 16.
  • L1, L2, L3, and L4 can be the indices of the corresponding airspace base numbers of TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively.
  • the index of the base number of the airspace can correspond to the index in Table 1.
  • TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 allocating the corresponding number of airspace bases. Way. For example, for index 0 in Table 2, the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 9. Then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 9 in Table 1.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 8; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 5, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 5 in Table 1, from the index 5 in Table 1
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 4; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP4 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP4 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP4 is 2.
  • the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases are:
  • the corresponding number of airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 are respectively 8, 4, 2, 2, thus making the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 equal to 16.
  • index 1 to index 5 in Table 2 other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can also be obtained.
  • index 0 in Table 2 No further details will be given here.
  • the first index may be one of index 0 to index 5 in Table 2.
  • the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 7, 4, 4, 2, the first index may be index 1 .
  • Example 2 Assume that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively.
  • the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 12, then TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 allocate their corresponding airspaces. Possible methods for the number of bases are as shown in Table 3, and the sum of the number of bases in the airspace corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 12.
  • L1, L2, and L3 may be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively.
  • the index of the number of airspace bases may correspond to the index in Table 1.
  • the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can be obtained.
  • the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 9.
  • the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 9 in Table 1.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 8; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2.
  • the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are: the number of corresponding airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 are 8, 2, and 2, so that the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 12.
  • index 1 to index 4 in Table 3 other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases can also be obtained.
  • index 0 in Table 3 here No further details will be given.
  • the first index may be one of index 0 to index 4 in Table 3.
  • the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 7, 4, and 2, the first index may be index 1.
  • Example 3 Assume that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively.
  • the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 8, then TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 allocate their corresponding airspaces. Possible ways when the number of bases are determined are as shown in Table 4, and the sum of the number of bases in the airspace corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 8.
  • L1, L2, and L3 may be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively.
  • the index of the number of airspace bases may correspond to the index in Table 1.
  • the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 4, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 4 in Table 1, from index 4 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 4; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2.
  • the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are:
  • the corresponding numbers of airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 are 4, 2, and 2, so that the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 8.
  • index 1 in Table 4 we can also obtain other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases.
  • index 0 in Table 4 which will not be described again here.
  • the first index may be index 0 or index 1 in Table 4.
  • the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 3, 1, and 1, the first index may be index 1.
  • Example 3 Assume that there are two TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1 and TRP2 respectively.
  • the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 is 8, then TRP1 and TRP2 allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases. Possible ways can be shown in Table 5, and the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 is equal to 8.
  • L1 and L2 can be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 respectively, and the index of the number of airspace bases can correspond to the index in Table 1.
  • the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 3, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 3 in Table 1, from index 3 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 4; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 3, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 3 in Table 1, from the index 3 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 4.
  • the possible ways for TRP1 and TRP2 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are: the number of corresponding airspace bases for TRP1 and TRP2 are 4 and 4 respectively, so that TRP1 The sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to , TRP2 and TRP2 is equal to 8.
  • index 1 to index 3 in Table 5 other possible ways for TRP1 and TRP2 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can also be obtained.
  • index 0 in Table 5 which will not be discussed here. Elaborate.
  • the first index may be one of index 0 to index 3 in Table 5.
  • the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 4, 4, the first index may be index 1.
  • Tables 2 to 5 give possible ways for multiple TRPs to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases. It should be understood that there is no one-to-one correspondence between multiple TRPs and the number of airspace bases corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • L1 and L2 can be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 respectively, and L1 and L2 can also be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 and TRP1 respectively.
  • Table 2 ⁇ Table The illustrative description of Table 4 is similar to Table 5 and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can report the first index, and the required number of bits can be For example, as shown in Table 2, the total number of possible values of the first index is 6, then the number of bits required when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is 3; for another example, as shown in Table 3, the total number of possible values of the first index is 5, then when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, so The required number of bits is 3; for another example, as shown in Table 4, the first index The total number of possible values is 2, then when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, the number of bits required is 1; for another example, as shown in Table 5, The total number of
  • the terminal device sends the first index to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first index associated with the first set of values, and there is no need to separately report the participation to the network device.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple coordinated TRPs can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
  • the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • At least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. As shown in Table 1, there are 10 sets of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook, so the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to 10.
  • the terminal device can use the R18 CJT codebook (as shown in Table 1 ), determine that the indexes corresponding to each value in the first group of values are index 2 and index 7.
  • index 2 can be the index of the airspace base number 2 corresponding to TRP1
  • index 7 can be TRP2.
  • the index of the corresponding airspace base number 6, in this case the bitmap can be 0001000010, where "1" from right to left indicates that the corresponding index in Table 1 is the index corresponding to each value in the first group of values.
  • the terminal device sends a bitmap to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first group of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of digits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs.
  • Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • At least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. Assume that the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters is K, and the number of TRPs participating in cooperation is N, then the number of combinations is The number is
  • the terminal device can use the R18 CJT codebook (as shown in Table 1 ), determine that the indexes corresponding to each value in the first group of values are index 2 and index 7.
  • index 2 can be the index of the airspace base number 2 corresponding to TRP1
  • index 7 can be TRP2.
  • the number of digits in the combination number is equal to 6.
  • the combination number could be 000001.
  • the number of combinations is 000001, which means that the indexes corresponding to each value in the first group of values are index 2 and index 7.
  • the terminal device sends the combination number to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first set of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple TRPs to all combination coefficients.
  • the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold It is the sum of the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the combination coefficients.
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs to the combination coefficients; the terminal device determines the multiple TRPs based on the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients.
  • the proportion of all corresponding non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs. The sum of proportions of combination coefficients.
  • the terminal device determines the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to N TRPs to all combination coefficients N ⁇ ' s based on the average proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients ⁇ ' s , each of the N TRPs
  • the proportions of the corresponding non-zero combination coefficients of TRP in the combination coefficients are ⁇ ' s1 , ⁇ ' s2 ,..., ⁇ ' sN respectively, then the relationship between N ⁇ ' s and ⁇ ' s1 , ⁇ ' s2 ,..., ⁇ ' sN satisfies Formula (2):
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends the first set of values to the network device, it can also report codebook structure information, such as the indication information corresponding to the air domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the combination coefficient W 2 Non-zero combination coefficients and other parameters in .
  • the network device may also send the first set of values to the terminal device, so that the step of determining the first set of values can be performed on the network device side.
  • the network device sends the first set of values to the terminal device, which may include: the network device determines the first set of values, and each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration; the network device Send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  • the network device determines the first set of values, including: the network device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of airspace bases.
  • the first set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the network equipment's free choice of the airspace corresponding to each TRP in the TRPs participating in the collaboration. Possible ways to base the number to further control the processing overhead of network devices.
  • the network device can determine the first set of values and send the first set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the first set of values after obtaining the first set of values without sending the first set of values to the network device.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs can report codebook structure information to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the combination coefficient W
  • the non-zero combination coefficient and other parameters in 2 further reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device and the reporting overhead.
  • the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
  • the network device can send the first index to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the first index after obtaining the first index without sending the first index to the network device.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in so that codebook structure information can be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the indication information corresponding to the combination coefficient W 2 Parameters such as non-zero combination coefficients further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
  • the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the network device can send the bitmap to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the bitmap after obtaining the bitmap without sending a bitmap to the network device.
  • the corresponding number of airspace bases allows the codebook structure information to be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters, further reducing the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
  • the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the network device can send the combination number to the terminal device.
  • the network equipment can be guaranteed to be pre- The remaining overhead will not be wasted, and the terminal device does not need to send the combination number to the network device.
  • it can determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the combination number, so that it can Report codebook structure information to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the air domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters, further reducing the processing time of the terminal equipment The complexity and reported overhead.
  • the number of bits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the terminal device may send a first set of values to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • Method 300 shows that the terminal device can send bit numbers to the network device so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • FIG 3 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, method 300 may include the following steps.
  • the terminal device receives the fifth indication information from the network device.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases P and the total number of airspace bases L corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • P and L are positive integers.
  • the total number of airspace bases P may include the total number L of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the total number of airspace bases corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in cooperation is the total number of airspace bases selected by the TRPs participating in cooperation.
  • the terminal device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, the number of bits used is
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device determines that among the TRPs participating in the cooperation When each TRP corresponds to the number of spatial bases, the number of bits used is 7.
  • the terminal device determines that the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the TRPs participating in the cooperation can be expressed as a combination number as 110010011010, and "1" in each four-digit combination number from left to right represents the number of airspace bases participating in the cooperation.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the TRP For example, the "1" in “1100” represents the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, the “1" in “1001” represents the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2, and the “1” in “1010” represents the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3. number.
  • the terminal device can use the bit number 1000000 to represent the combination number 110010011010, so that the bit number 1000000 corresponds to the combination number 110010011010.
  • the terminal device sends the number of bits to the network device.
  • the terminal device can send the bit number 1000000 to the network device.
  • the network device After the network device receives the bit number 1000000, it can determine the combination number 110010011010 corresponding to the bit number 1000000, and then can determine the number of combinations among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP.
  • the terminal device can send a number of bits to the network device, and the number of bits corresponds to the number of combinations. Therefore, after the network device receives the number of bits, it can determine the number of combinations based on the number of bits, and then determine the number of combinations participating in the collaboration.
  • the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the TRP can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device may not report the codebooks corresponding to these TRPs to the network device.
  • Structural information such as the indication information corresponding to the spatial domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters, can further reduce the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can send a first set of values or bit numbers to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the terminal device No need to connect to the network
  • the device independently reports the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can also send a second set of values to the network device, so that the network device determines the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient.
  • the terminal device can There is no need to separately report to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, thus reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • FIG 4 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, method 400 may include the following steps.
  • the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation to all combination coefficients.
  • the terminal device may receive third indication information from the network device.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 correspond to The proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
  • the method for the terminal device to obtain the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to all combination coefficients may also include: the terminal device may also receive third indication information from the network device.
  • the third indication information Used to indicate the average proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients of each TRP in multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration; the terminal device determines all the corresponding non-zero combination coefficients of the TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients. The ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
  • the terminal device determines a second set of values.
  • Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs to the combination coefficient.
  • the sum of each value in the second set of values is equal to all non-zero combination coefficients. The proportion of zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
  • proportion of non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the sum of the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is equal to the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
  • the terminal device determines the second set of values, including: the terminal device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters including a non-zero combination coefficient accounting for a combination The ratio of coefficients.
  • At least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook, or the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that for TRPs with better channel status among TRPs participating in collaboration, this type of TRP often has a greater impact on collaboration performance. Therefore, this type of TRP can be assigned a larger ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients. At this time, the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a larger ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation.
  • the exemplary description of using the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
  • Table 6 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination.
  • the R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameters can be obtained by adding a partial codebook parameter list to the codebook parameters in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook.
  • the index of at least one set of codebook parameters can be the index of the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • the number of sets of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook is 12, corresponding to the codebook.
  • the 12 indexes of the parameters namely index 1, index 2, index 3, index 3, index 4, index 5, index 6, index 7, index 8, index 9, index 10, index 11, index 12, where index 1 , Index 2, Index 11, and Index 12 are the four sets of codebook parameters added to the codebook parameters in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook.
  • the terminal device can determine that the second set of values can include index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6 based on the index of the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • index 4 can be the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to TRP1.
  • the index 5 can be the index of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to TRP2 accounting for 3/4 of the combination coefficient.
  • the index 6 can be the index of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to TRP3 accounting for the ratio 1 of the combination coefficient. index, and the sum of the proportions of the corresponding non-zero combination coefficients of TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 in the combination coefficients is equal to 9/4.
  • the terminal device sends fourth indication information to the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
  • the terminal device can send fourth indication information to the network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values. Therefore, after receiving the fourth indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the second set of values, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • step 430 when the fourth indication information indicates the second set of values, the following methods may be used.
  • the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second group of values.
  • the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • At least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook As shown in Table 6, there are 12 sets of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook, so the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to 12.
  • the bitmap When the index corresponding to each value in the second group of values includes index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6, the bitmap may be 000000111000, where "1" from right to left represents the corresponding index in Table 6 is the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the terminal device can send a bitmap to the network device, and the bitmap is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values, so that after the network device receives the bitmap, it can determine participation based on the bitmap.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the number of digits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs.
  • Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters is K and the number of TRPs participating in cooperation is N, then the number of digits in the number of combinations is
  • At least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • Table 6 there are 12 groups of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • the number of digits in the combination is equal to 8.
  • the index corresponding to each value in the second group of values includes index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6, the combination number may be 00000001. That is to say, the number of combinations is 00000001, which means that the index corresponding to each value in the second group of values includes index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6.
  • the terminal device can send a combination number to the network device, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values. Therefore, after the network device receives the combination number, it can determine the participation based on the combination number.
  • the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of combinations participating in the collaboration.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
  • the third indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
  • the third indication information is also used to indicate the port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, and the frequency domain base number corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the numbers are the same.
  • the port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation is ⁇
  • the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation is M
  • the third indication information is also used to indicate a fourth threshold.
  • the fourth threshold is the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in collaboration to all combination coefficients, and the port corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in collaboration. Select the product of the total proportional coefficients.
  • the fourth threshold is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold.
  • the fifth threshold is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient, which is the same as the TRP participating in the collaboration. The sum of the products of the port selection proportional coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the TRP.
  • N is a positive integer
  • the total proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the N TRPs to all combination coefficients is ⁇ t
  • each TRP in the N TRPs has its own
  • the corresponding proportions of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients are ⁇ t1 , ⁇ t2 ,..., ⁇ tN respectively.
  • the total proportional coefficient of port selection corresponding to the N TRPs is ⁇ t , and each TRP in the N TRPs corresponds to
  • the port selection proportional coefficients are ⁇ t1 , ⁇ t2 ,..., ⁇ tN , then ⁇ t , ⁇ t and ⁇ t1 , ⁇ t2 ,..., ⁇ tN , ⁇ t1 , ⁇ t2 ,..., ⁇ tN satisfy the formula ( 3): ⁇ t ⁇ t ⁇ t1 ⁇ t1 + ⁇ t2 ⁇ t2 +...+ ⁇ tN ⁇ tN (3)
  • the third indication information is also used to indicate an eighth threshold.
  • the eighth threshold is the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient, and the The product of the average port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the TRP; the terminal device determines the fourth threshold based on the eighth threshold, and the fourth threshold is the non-zero corresponding corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the average proportion of the combination coefficient to the combination coefficient, the average port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, and the product of the number of multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, the fourth threshold is greater than or equal to the Five thresholds.
  • the fifth threshold is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient, and the port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The sum of the products.
  • N is a positive integer
  • the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs to the combination coefficients is ⁇ ' t , among the N TRPs
  • the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the combination coefficient is ⁇ ' t1 , ⁇ ' t2 ,..., ⁇ ' tN respectively.
  • the corresponding average port selection proportion coefficient of each TRP in the N TRP is ⁇ ′ t
  • the corresponding port selection proportion coefficients of each TRP in the N TRPs are ⁇ ′ t1 , ⁇ ′ t2 ,..., ⁇ ′ tN , then ⁇ ′ t , ⁇ ' t and ⁇ ' t1 , ⁇ ' t2 ,..., ⁇ ' tN , ⁇ ' t1 , ⁇ ' t2 ,..., ⁇ ' tN satisfy formula (4): N ⁇ ' t ⁇ ' t ⁇ ' t1 ⁇ ' t1 + ⁇ ' t2 ⁇ ' t2 +...+ ⁇ ' tN ⁇ ' tN (4)
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends the second set of values to the network device, it can also report codebook structure information, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the combination coefficient W 2 Non-zero combination coefficients and other parameters in .
  • the network device may also send the second set of values to the terminal device, so that the step of determining the second set of values can be performed on the network device side.
  • the network device sends the second set of values to the terminal device, which may include: the network device determines the second set of values, and each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient;
  • the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
  • the network device determines the second set of values, including: the network device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a non-zero combination coefficient accounting for 0.5% of the combination coefficient. Proportion.
  • the second set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the need for network equipment to freely choose to participate in the collaboration of multiple TRPs corresponding to each TRP.
  • codebook parameters such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook
  • the network device can determine the second set of values and send the second set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the second set of values after obtaining the second set of values without sending the second set of values to the network device.
  • the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, so that the codebook structure information can be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 and the indication corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f Information, non-zero combination coefficients in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters further reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device and the reporting overhead.
  • the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the network device can send the bitmap to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the non-standard TRP corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration without sending a bitmap to the network device after obtaining the bitmap.
  • the proportion of zero combination coefficients in the combination coefficients allows the codebook structure information to be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the non-zero value in the combination coefficient W 2 Parameters such as combination coefficients further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
  • the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the network device can send the combination number to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the TRP corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration without sending the combination number to the network device.
  • the ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients allows the codebook structure information to be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the non-zero combination coefficient W 2 Parameters such as zero combination coefficient further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
  • the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs.
  • Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes non-zero combination coefficients accounting for 0.0% of the combination coefficients. Proportion.
  • the terminal device can determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, and the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
  • the proportion of the combination coefficient and by sending the first set of values, the second set of values or the number of bits to the network device, the network device can obtain the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, And the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient.
  • the method 500 shown in Figure 5 can be used by the network device to send the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform its own codebook parameters according to each TRP in the multiple TRPs.
  • the corresponding codebook parameters determine the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the complexity of processing by the terminal device.
  • the multiple TRPs may include multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP may include the number of spatial bases, or the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients in the combination coefficients.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, method 500 may include the following steps.
  • the network device determines a second index based on the indexes of M groups of codebook parameters.
  • the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs.
  • M and N are positive integers, and N is less than or equal to M.
  • Each set of codebook parameters in M sets of codebook parameters may include the number of spatial bases, and each set of codebook parameters in M sets of codebook parameters may also include the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients in combination coefficients.
  • the network device determines the second index according to the index of the M group of codebook parameters. There are two examples below.
  • each set of codebook parameters in the M sets of codebook parameters may include the number of airspace bases, and the network device determines index, determine the second index.
  • the M group of codebook parameters can be the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook, or the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the R16 eTypeII NP codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that since the reporting overhead of the terminal device is related to the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, therefore, In order to control the reporting overhead of terminal equipment, a smaller number of airspace bases can be allocated to some TRPs among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation. At this time, the R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a smaller number of airspace bases.
  • the following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation.
  • the exemplary description of using the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
  • Table 7 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination.
  • Table 7 shows 12 groups of codebook parameters.
  • the 12 groups of codebook parameters can be recorded as index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4, index 5, index 6, index 7, index 8, index 9, and index 10 respectively.
  • Index 11, Index 12 where Index 1 to Index 4 are the four sets of codebook parameters added to the codebook parameters in the R16 eTypeII NP codebook.
  • the parameter M in step 810 is 12.
  • the parameter N in step 810 is 4, that is, the number of TRPs is 4.
  • the four TRPs are recorded as TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively.
  • TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 can be shown in Table 8.
  • R1, R2, R3, and R4 may be the indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively.
  • the indexes of the codebook parameters may correspond to the indexes in Table 7.
  • the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 is 1, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to the index 1 in Table 7; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to index 2 in Table 7; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 is 3, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to index 3 in Table 7; TRP4
  • the index of the corresponding codebook parameter is 4, so the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP4 corresponds to the index 4 in Table 7.
  • the network device can determine the second index according to the indexes of the 12 sets of codebook parameters in Table 7, where the second index is one of index 1 to index 8 in Table 8.
  • each group of codebook parameters in the M groups of codebook parameters may include a ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients, and the network device determines the second index according to the index of the M groups of codebook parameters.
  • the M group of codebook parameters can be the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
  • the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook, or the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that since the reporting overhead of the terminal device is related to the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the TRP participating in the collaboration, in order to control The reported overhead of the terminal device can allocate a lower proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients for some TRPs in the TRPs participating in the collaboration. At this time, the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a lower ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation.
  • the exemplary description of using the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
  • Table 9 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination.
  • the R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameters can be obtained by adding a partial codebook parameter list to the codebook parameters in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook.
  • Table 9 shows 16 groups of codebook parameters.
  • the 16 groups of codebook parameters can be recorded as index 1 to index 16 respectively.
  • index 1 to index 4 and index 9 to index 12 are the codes in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook. Eight sets of codebook parameters added to this parameter.
  • the parameter M in step 810 is 16.
  • the parameter N in step 810 is 4, that is, the number of TRPs is 4.
  • the four TRPs are recorded as TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively.
  • TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 can be shown in Table 10.
  • R1, R2, R3, and R4 may be the indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively.
  • the indexes of the codebook parameters may correspond to the indexes in Table 9.
  • the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 is 1, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to the index 1 in Table 9; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to index 2 in Table 9; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 is 3, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to index 3 in Table 9; TRP4
  • the index of the corresponding codebook parameter is 4, so the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP4 corresponds to the index 4 in Table 9.
  • the network device can determine the second index according to the indexes of the 16 groups of codebook parameters in Table 9, where the second index is one of index 1 to index 8 in Table 10.
  • N of TRPs 4 as an example. It can be understood that the number of TRPs can also be other values. For example, the number of TRPs can be 2, and the number of TRPs can be 2. The number can also be 3.
  • the network device sends the second index to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the second index from the network device.
  • the second index may be one of index 1 to index 8 in table 8, and the second index may also be one of index 1 to index 8 in table 10.
  • the second index may be index 1 in Table 8.
  • the network device sends index 1 in Table 8 to the terminal device, it may send the bit number 001 corresponding to index 1 in Table 8 to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives After index 1 in Table 8, the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the four TRPs can be obtained.
  • the network device can send a second index to the terminal device.
  • the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, so that the terminal device receives the second index.
  • the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs can be obtained.
  • the network device when the network device indicates to the terminal device the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, it can send the second index to the terminal device.
  • the network device does not need to separately indicate to the terminal device the codebook parameters in the N TRPs.
  • Each TRP has its own corresponding codebook parameters, thereby reducing the instruction overhead of the network device.
  • the total number of indexes that may be selected by the second index will not exceed a certain value K.
  • K the total number of indexes that the second index may select will not exceed 8.
  • the terminal device can determine the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the second index.
  • the N TRPs include Q TRPs, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP among the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, where N and Q are positive integers.
  • the second index is one of index 1 to index 8 in Table 8, at this time the second index includes four TRPs
  • the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in Assuming that the number of TRPs participating in collaboration is three, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in the three TRPs participating in collaboration is the second index.
  • the terminal device can determine the codebook parameters corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration according to the second index, thereby reducing the processing complexity of the terminal device.
  • Table 8 and Table 10 provide possible ways for multiple TRPs to allocate corresponding codebook parameters. It can be understood that there is not a one-to-one correspondence between multiple TRPs and the codebook parameters corresponding to multiple TRPs.
  • R1, R2, R3, and R4 can be the indexes of the corresponding codebook parameters of TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively.
  • R1, R2, R3, and R4 can also be respectively TRP2, TRP1, TRP3,
  • R1, R2, R3, and R4 can also be the indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP4, and TRP3 respectively.
  • R1, R2, R3, and R4 can also be the indexes of TRP1, R2, R3, and R4 respectively. Indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to other combinations of TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4.
  • Table 10 The exemplary description in Table 10 is similar to Table 8, and will not be described again here.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more, and “plurality” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, “A and/or B” can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. , where A and B can be singular or plural. The character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship. “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c” ”, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • each embodiment of the present application involves some information names, such as first instruction information, second instruction information, etc. It should be understood that the naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the terminal device or network device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of the terminal device or network device.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices, and the devices include modules for executing corresponding modules in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. It can be understood that the technical features described in the above method embodiments are also applicable to the following device embodiments.
  • network equipment and terminal equipment may include hardware structures and/or software modules to implement the above functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules. . Whether one of the above functions is performed as a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 600 includes a processing unit 620 and a transceiver unit 610.
  • the processing unit 620 can be used to implement corresponding processing functions, such as determining a first set of values.
  • the transceiver unit 610 can be used to implement Corresponding communication functions.
  • the transceiver unit 610 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the device 600 also includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 620 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements each of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the device 600 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device or the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the device 600 can be a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, or a network device or a component of the network device.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is used to perform operations related to the transceiver of the terminal device or the network device in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 620 is used to perform the operations related to the processing of the terminal device or the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 600 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is configured to receive the first indication information from the network device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation;
  • the processing unit 620 used to determine the first set of values.
  • Each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs. The sum of each value in the first set of values is equal to the total number of airspace bases; the transceiver unit 610 , used to send second indication information to the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
  • the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of bits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is configured to receive a second index from the network device.
  • the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP;
  • processing Unit 620 is configured to determine, based on the second index, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration.
  • the N TRPs include Q TRPs, and the codebook parameters corresponding to each of the Q TRPs are The index is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, where N and Q are positive integers.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is used to receive the third indication information from the network device.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation account for all combinations.
  • the proportion of coefficients; the processing unit 620 is used to determine a second set of values. Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient. Each value in the second set of values The sum of the values is equal to the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients; the transceiver unit 610 is configured to send fourth indication information to the network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs.
  • Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes non-zero combination coefficients accounting for 0.0% of the combination coefficients. Proportion.
  • the third indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is used to receive the fifth indication information from the network device.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases P and the airspace corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation.
  • the number of bits used is Transceiver unit, used to send bits to network equipment.
  • the device 600 can implement steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the method embodiments according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the device 600 can include a step for executing the execution of the terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5. method unit.
  • the device 600 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 620 is used to determine a first set of values, where each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP of multiple transmission and reception points TRP participating in the collaboration; the transceiver unit 610, used to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
  • the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  • the number of bits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a second index according to the indexes of the M groups of codebook parameters.
  • the second index is used to indicate the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP.
  • N TRPs include Q TRPs participating in collaboration.
  • the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in the Q TRPs participating in collaboration is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, and Q is positive. integer.
  • the processing unit 620 is used to determine a second set of values.
  • Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient; the transceiver unit 610, used to send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
  • the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
  • the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs.
  • Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes non-zero combination coefficients accounting for 0.0% of the combination coefficients. Proportion.
  • the device 600 can implement steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the network device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 600 can include a method for executing the execution of the network device in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5. method unit.
  • the device 600 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit” as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group of processors) used to execute one or more software or firmware programs. processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the apparatus 600 can be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the above embodiments, and can be used to execute various processes corresponding to the terminal device or network device in the above method embodiments. and/or steps, to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
  • the apparatus 600 of each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device or network device in the above method.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more Modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiver), other units, such as processing units, etc.
  • the processor may be used instead to perform the sending and receiving operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment respectively.
  • transceiver unit 610 may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
  • the device in Figure 6 can be the device in the aforementioned embodiment, or it can be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC).
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. No limitation is made here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides another communication device 700.
  • the device 700 includes a processor 710 coupled to a memory 720 for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data.
  • the processor 710 is used for executing computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 720, or reading the memory 720.
  • the stored data is used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • processors 710 there are one or more processors 710 .
  • the memory 720 is integrated with the processor 710, or is provided separately.
  • the device 700 also includes a transceiver 730, which is used for receiving and/or transmitting signals.
  • the processor 710 is used to control the transceiver 730 to receive and/or transmit signals.
  • the device 700 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device or network device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 710 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 720 to implement related operations of the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the method executed by the terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache.
  • RAM includes the following forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system 800.
  • the chip system 800 (or can also be called a processing system) includes a logic circuit 810 and an input/output interface 820.
  • the logic circuit 810 may be a processing circuit in the chip system 800 .
  • the logic circuit 810 can be coupled to the storage unit and call instructions in the storage unit, so that the chip system 800 can implement the methods and functions of various embodiments of the present application.
  • the input/output interface 820 can be an input/output circuit in the chip system 800, which outputs information processed by the chip system 800, or inputs data or signaling information to be processed into the chip system 800 for processing.
  • the chip system 800 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device or network device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the logic circuit 810 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, such as the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5; input / The output interface 820 is used to implement the above method
  • the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment are the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 .
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which are stored computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by terminal devices or network devices in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device in each embodiment of the above method.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which includes instructions.
  • the instructions are executed by a computer, the methods executed by terminal devices or network devices in each of the above method embodiments are implemented.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (such as DVDs), or semiconductor media (such as solid state disks (SSD)), etc.
  • the aforementioned available media include but Not limited to: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving first indication information from a network device, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating the total number of space-domain bases respectively corresponding to a plurality of transmitting and receiving points (TRPs) participating in cooperation; the terminal device determining a first group of numerical values, wherein each numerical value in the first group of numerical values is the number of space-domain bases corresponding to each TRP among the plurality of TRPs, and the sum of the numerical values in the first group of numerical values is equal to the total number of space-domain bases; and the terminal device sending second indication information to the network device, wherein the second indication information is used for indicating the first group of numerical values. By means of the method, when a terminal device reports, to a network device, the number of space-domain bases corresponding to each TRP among a plurality of TRPs participating in cooperation, a first group of numerical values may be reported, and it is unnecessary to separately report, to the network device, the number of space-domain bases corresponding to each TRP among the plurality of TRPs participating in cooperation, such that the reporting overhead of the terminal device can be reduced.

Description

一种通信方法和装置A communication method and device
本申请要求于2022年08月22日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211008186.6、申请名称为“一种通信方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on August 22, 2022, with the application number 202211008186.6 and the application title "A communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
第五代(the 5th generation,5G)通信系统对系统容量、频谱效率等方面有了更高的要求,在该场景下,网络设备往往需要获取上行信道以及下行信道的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI),进一步保障系统的性能。The 5th generation (5G) communication system has higher requirements for system capacity, spectrum efficiency, etc. In this scenario, network equipment often needs to obtain channel state information (channel state information) of uplink channels and downlink channels. , CSI) to further ensure the performance of the system.
在频分双工(frequency-division duplexing,FDD)系统中,上行信道与下行信道之间存在较大的频点间隔,且上行信道与下行信道之间不完全互易,网络设备无法通过对上行信道的估计来获取完整的下行信道,此时需要终端设备向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI,以使得网络设备可以根据下行信道的CSI对下行信道进行重构,其中,下行信道的CSI包括传输接收点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)对应的空域基底个数。然而,在相干协作传输(coherent joint transmission,CJT)协作方式下,终端设备需要向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而增加了终端设备的上报开销。In a frequency-division duplexing (FDD) system, there is a large frequency interval between the uplink channel and the downlink channel, and the uplink channel and the downlink channel are not completely reciprocal, and the network equipment cannot pass the uplink channel. Channel estimation is used to obtain the complete downlink channel. At this time, the terminal device needs to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, so that the network device can reconstruct the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel. The CSI of the downlink channel includes transmission and reception. The number of airspace bases corresponding to points (transmitting and receiving points, TRP). However, in the coherent joint transmission (CJT) cooperation mode, the terminal device needs to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thus increasing the reporting overhead of the terminal device .
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和装置,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。This application provides a communication method and device that eliminates the need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。In the first aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
该方法可以包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数;终端设备确定第一组数值,第一组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,第一组数值中各个数值的和等于空域基底的总数;终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值。The method may include: the terminal device receives first indication information from the network device, the first indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation; the terminal device determines the first set of values, Each value in a set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs. The sum of each value in the first set of values is equal to the total number of airspace bases; the terminal device sends the second instruction information to the network device, and the second The indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值,从而网络设备接收该第二指示信息后,可以确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报第一组数值,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send second indication information to the network device. The second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values. Therefore, after receiving the second indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first set of values, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备确定第一组数值,包括:终端设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第一组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device determines the first set of values, including: the terminal device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the at least one set of codebook parameters Each set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
通过该方式,第一组数值可以根据至少一组码本参数(如R18 CJT码本中的码本参数)确定,从而能够减少终端设备自由选择参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数的可能方式,进一步控制终端设备的上报开销。In this way, the first set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the airspace corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs that the terminal device can freely choose to participate in collaboration. Possible ways to determine the number of bases to further control the reporting overhead of terminal devices.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息包括第一索引,第一索引与第一组数值相关联。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备通过向网络设备发送第一索引的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报与第一组数值相关联的第一索引,可以无需向 网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device sends the first index to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first index associated with the first set of values, and there is no need to report the number of airspace bases to the network device. The network device independently reports the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息包括位图,位图与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备通过向网络设备发送位图的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联的位图,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device sends a bitmap to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first group of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases. .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备通过向网络设备发送组合数的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联的组合数,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device sends the combination number to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first set of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters Codebook parameters include the number of spatial bases.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一指示信息还用于指示多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数,其中,多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数相同。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is The number of frequency domain bases is the same.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。In the second aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
该方法可以包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二索引,第二索引用于指示N个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引的组合;终端设备根据第二索引,确定参与协作的Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引,N个TRP包括Q个TRP,Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引为第二索引包括的前Q个码本参数的索引,其中,N、Q为正整数。The method may include: the terminal device receives a second index from the network device, the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP; the terminal device determines according to the second index The index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP among the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration. The N TRPs include Q TRPs. The index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP among the Q TRPs is the first Q codes included in the second index. The index of this parameter, where N and Q are positive integers.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以根据第二索引,确定参与协作的Q个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数,从而降低了终端设备处理的复杂度。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the codebook parameters corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration according to the second index, thereby reducing the processing complexity of the terminal device.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。In the third aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
该方法可以包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例;终端设备确定第二组数值,第二组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,第二组数值中各个数值的和等于所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例;终端设备向网络设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值。The method may include: the terminal device receives third indication information from the network device, and the third indication information is used to indicate the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation to all combination coefficients; the terminal device determines The second set of values. Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the combination coefficient. The sum of each value in the second set of values is equal to the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients to all The proportion of the combination coefficient; the terminal device sends fourth indication information to the network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值,从而网络设备接收该第四指示信息后,可以确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例时,可以上报第二组数值,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send fourth indication information to the network device. The fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values. Therefore, after receiving the fourth indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the second set of values, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备确定第二组数值,包括:终端设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第二组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the terminal device determines the second set of values, including: the terminal device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the terminal device determines the second set of values in the at least one set of codebook parameters. Each set of codebook parameters includes the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
通过该方式,第二组数值可以根据至少一组码本参数(如R18 CJT码本中的码本参数)确定,从 而能够减少终端设备自由选择参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数的可能方式,进一步控制终端设备的上报开销。In this way, the second set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), from Possible ways to reduce the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in collaboration can be reduced by the terminal device, thereby further controlling the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第四指示信息包括位图,位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送位图,该位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联,从而网络设备接收该位图后,可以根据该位图,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例时,可以上报位图,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send a bitmap to the network device, and the bitmap is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values, so that after the network device receives the bitmap, it can determine participation based on the bitmap. The proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple coordinated TRPs to the combination coefficient. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a non-zero combination coefficient. Proportion of the combination coefficient.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第四指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送组合数,该组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联,从而网络设备接收该组合数后,可以根据该组合数,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例时,可以上报组合数,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send a combination number to the network device, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values. Therefore, after the network device receives the combination number, it can determine the participation based on the combination number. The proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple coordinated TRPs to the combination coefficient. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of combinations participating in the collaboration. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters The codebook parameters include the ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第三指示信息还用于指示多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数,其中,多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数相同。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the third indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is The number of frequency domain bases is the same.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。In the fourth aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
该方法可以包括:终端设备接收来自网络设备的第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示空域基底的总数和参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数,其中,、为正整数;终端设备确定多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,所用的比特数的位数为;终端设备向网络设备发送比特数。The method may include: the terminal device receives fifth indication information from the network device, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases and the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation, where, , is Positive integer; when the terminal device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs, the number of bits used is; the number of bits the terminal device sends to the network device.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送比特数,从而网络设备接收该比特数后,可以根据该比特数,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报比特数,可以无需向网络设备单独上报多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send a number of bits to the network device, so that after the network device receives the number of bits, it can determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the number of bits. Through this method, when the terminal device reports the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the network device, it can report the number of bits, and there is no need to separately report the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the network device. , thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是网络设备为例进行描述。In a fifth aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a network device or a chip applied in the network device. The following description takes the execution subject being a network device as an example.
该方法可以包括:网络设备确定第一组数值,第一组数值中的各个数值为参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数;网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值。The method may include: the network device determines a first set of values, where each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP of multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the collaboration; the network device sends a second set of values to the terminal device. Indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以确定第一组数值,并向终端设备发送第一组数值。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送第一组数值,便能够在获取到第一组数值后,根据第一组数值确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如空域选择矩阵对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵对应的指示信息、组合系数中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can determine the first set of values and send the first set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the first set of values after obtaining the first set of values without sending the first set of values to the network device. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs can report codebook structure information to the network device, such as indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix, indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix, and non-zero combinations in the combination coefficients. Coefficients and other parameters further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备确定第一组数值,包括:网络设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第一组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Combined with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the network device determines the first set of values, including: the network device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the network device determines the first set of values in the at least one set of codebook parameters. Each set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息包括第一索引,第一索引与第一组 数值相关联。Combined with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second indication information includes a first index, the first index and the first group Numerical values are associated.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息包括位图,位图与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Combined with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases. .
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,第二指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Combined with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters Codebook parameters include the number of spatial bases.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是网络设备为例进行描述。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a network device or a chip applied in the network device. The following description takes the execution subject being a network device as an example.
该方法可以包括:网络设备根据M组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引,第二索引用于指示N个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引的组合,其中,M、N为正整数,且N小于或等于M;网络设备向终端设备发送第二索引。The method may include: the network device determines a second index according to the indexes of M groups of codebook parameters, and the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP, where M , N is a positive integer, and N is less than or equal to M; the network device sends the second index to the terminal device.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二索引,该第二索引用于指示N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数的索引的组合,从而终端设备接收该第二索引后,可以获取到N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数。通过该方法,网络设备向终端设备指示N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数时,可以向终端设备发送第二索引,网络设备可以不需要向终端设备单独指示N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数,从而能够降低网络设备的指示开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can send a second index to the terminal device. The second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, so that the terminal device receives the second index. Finally, the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs can be obtained. Through this method, when the network device indicates to the terminal device the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, it can send the second index to the terminal device. The network device does not need to separately indicate to the terminal device the codebook parameters in the N TRPs. Each TRP has its own corresponding codebook parameters, thereby reducing the instruction overhead of the network device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,N个TRP包括参与协作的Q个TRP,参与协作的Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引为第二索引包括的前Q个码本参数的索引,Q为正整数。Combined with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the N TRPs include Q TRPs participating in the collaboration, and the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration is included in the second index. Index of the first Q codebook parameters, Q is a positive integer.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是网络设备为例进行描述。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a network device or a chip applied in the network device. The following description takes the execution subject being a network device as an example.
该方法可以包括:网络设备确定第二组数值,第二组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例;网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值。The method may include: the network device determines a second set of values, each value in the second set of values being the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient; the network device sends a fourth instruction to the terminal device information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以确定第二组数值,并向终端设备发送第二组数值。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送第二组数值,便能够在获取到第二组数值后,根据第二组数值确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如端口选择矩阵对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵对应的指示信息、组合系数中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can determine the second set of values and send the second set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the second set of values after obtaining the second set of values without sending the second set of values to the network device. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, so that the codebook structure information can be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix, the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix, and the combination coefficient The non-zero combination coefficient and other parameters further reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device and the reporting overhead.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,网络设备确定第二组数值,包括:网络设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第二组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the network device determines the second set of values, including: the network device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and the network device determines the second set of values in the at least one set of codebook parameters. Each set of codebook parameters includes the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,第四指示信息包括位图,位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。In combination with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a non-zero combination coefficient. Proportion of the combination coefficient.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,第四指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Combined with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of at least one set of codebook parameters The codebook parameters include the ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,该装置用于执行上述第一方面至第七方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行第一方面至第七方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理单元和/或通信单元。 An eighth aspect provides a communication device, which is used to perform the method in any of the possible implementation modes of the first to seventh aspects. Specifically, the device may include units and/or modules for performing the method in any possible implementation of the first to seventh aspects, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该装置为终端设备或网络设备。当该装置为终端设备或网络设备时,通信单元可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the device is a terminal device or a network device. When the device is a terminal device or a network device, the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor. Alternatively, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Alternatively, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该装置为用于终端设备或网络设备的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该装置为用于终端设备或网络设备的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,通信单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the device is a chip, chip system or circuit used for terminal equipment or network equipment. When the device is a chip, chip system or circuit used for terminal equipment or network equipment, the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit. Related circuits, etc.; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit, etc.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置,该装置包括:至少一个处理器,用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,以执行上述第一方面至第七方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该装置还包括存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令。可选地,该装置还包括通信接口,处理器通过通信接口读取存储器存储的计算机程序或指令。A ninth aspect provides a communication device, which includes at least one processor for executing computer programs or instructions stored in a memory to perform the method in any of the possible implementations of the first to seventh aspects. Optionally, the device further includes a memory for storing computer programs or instructions. Optionally, the device further includes a communication interface, through which the processor reads the computer program or instructions stored in the memory.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的某些实现方式中,该装置为终端设备或网络设备。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in some implementations of the ninth aspect, the device is a terminal device or a network device.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的某些实现方式中,该装置为用于终端设备或网络设备的芯片、芯片系统或电路。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in some implementations of the ninth aspect, the device is a chip, chip system or circuit used for terminal equipment or network equipment.
第十方面,本申请提供一种处理器,用于执行上述各方面提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, this application provides a processor for executing the methods provided in the above aspects.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和获取/接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则可以理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,也可以理解为由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作,本申请对此不做限定。For operations such as sending and getting/receiving involved in the processor, if there is no special explanation, or if it does not conflict with its actual role or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood as processor output, reception, input and other operations. , can also be understood as the transmitting and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
第十一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码,该程序代码包括用于执行上述第一方面至第七方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable medium stores a program code for device execution. The program code includes a program code for executing any of the possible implementations of the above-mentioned first to seventh aspects. Methods.
第十二方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第七方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method in any of the possible implementation modes of the above-mentioned first to seventh aspects.
第十三方面,本申请还提供一种系统,该系统包括终端设备,该终端设备可用于执行上述第一方面至第四方面的任一方法中由终端设备执行的步骤。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application also provides a system, which system includes a terminal device, and the terminal device can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the methods of the first to fourth aspects.
结合第十三方面,在第十三方面的某些实现方式中,所述系统还可以包括网络设备,该网络设备可用于执行上述第五方面至第七方面中由网络设备执行的步骤。In conjunction with the thirteenth aspect, in some implementations of the thirteenth aspect, the system may further include a network device, and the network device may be configured to perform the steps performed by the network device in the above fifth to seventh aspects.
在一些可能的实现方式中,所述系统还可以包括本申请实施例提供的方案中与该终端设备、网络设备中的一项或多项进行交互的其他设备等等。In some possible implementations, the system may also include other devices that interact with one or more of the terminal device and network device in the solutions provided by the embodiments of this application, and so on.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的一种通信场景的示意图。Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication scenario suitable for embodiments of the present application.
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法200的示意图。Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法300的示意图。Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法400的示意图。Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法500的示意图。Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置600的示意性框图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置700的示意性框图。Figure 7 shows a schematic block diagram of another communication device 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的一种芯片系统800的示意图。FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of a chip system 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet  of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (NR) systems, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) systems, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) communication systems or other communication systems.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice/data to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. Currently, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, which can Wearable devices, terminal devices in the 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或芯片,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiments of this application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evoled NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备,5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device, and the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA) The base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in the wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the LTE system. It can also be the evolved base station (evoled) in the LTE system. NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and 5G Network equipment in the network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) of antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc., which are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions. DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and active antenna related functions. Since RRC layer information will eventually become PHY layer information, or transformed from PHY layer information, in this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , or sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单 元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit Hardware such as memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc. This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call a program and execute the program.
图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的一种通信场景的示意图。图1中的通信系统可以包括至少一个终端设备(例如终端设备110、终端设备120、终端设备130、终端设备140、终端设备150和终端设备160)和网络设备170。网络设备170用于为终端设备提供通信服务并接入核心网,终端设备可以通过搜索网络设备170发送的同步信号、广播信号等接入网络,从而建立与网络设备之间的通信。图1中的终端设备110、终端设备120、终端设备130、终端设备140和终端设备160可以与网络设备170进行上下行传输。例如,网络设备170可以向终端设备110、终端设备120、终端设备130、终端设备140和终端设备160发送下行数据,也可以接收终端设备110、终端设备120、终端设备130、终端设备140和终端设备160发送的上行数据。Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication scenario suitable for embodiments of the present application. The communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal device (eg, terminal device 110, terminal device 120, terminal device 130, terminal device 140, terminal device 150, and terminal device 160) and a network device 170. The network device 170 is used to provide communication services for terminal devices and access the core network. The terminal devices can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, etc. sent by the network device 170, thereby establishing communication with the network device. The terminal device 110, the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 160 in Figure 1 can perform uplink and downlink transmission with the network device 170. For example, the network device 170 can send downlink data to the terminal device 110, the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 160, and can also receive the terminal device 110, the terminal device 120, the terminal device 130, the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 170. Uplink data sent by device 160.
此外,终端设备140、终端设备150和终端设备160也可以看作一个通信系统,终端设备160可以向终端设备140和终端设备150发送下行数据,也可以接收终端设备140和终端设备150发送的上行数据。In addition, the terminal device 140, the terminal device 150 and the terminal device 160 can also be regarded as a communication system. The terminal device 160 can send downlink data to the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 150, and can also receive uplink data sent by the terminal device 140 and the terminal device 150. data.
应理解,该通信系统中包括的网络设备可以是一个或多个。一个网络设备可以向一个或多个终端设备发送数据。多个网络设备也可以同时向一个或多个终端设备发送数据。It should be understood that the network device included in the communication system may be one or more. A network device can send data to one or more end devices. Multiple network devices can also send data to one or more terminal devices at the same time.
5G通信系统对系统容量、频谱效率等方面有了更高的要求,在该场景下,网络设备往往需要获取上行信道以及下行信道的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)以保障系统的性能。The 5G communication system has higher requirements for system capacity, spectrum efficiency, etc. In this scenario, network equipment often needs to obtain channel state information (CSI) of the uplink channel and downlink channel to ensure system performance.
在FDD系统中,上行信道与下行信道之间存在较大的频点间隔,且上行信道与下行信道之间不完全互易,网络设备不能够通过对上行信道的估计来获取完整下行信道,此时需要终端设备向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI,以使得网络设备可以根据下行信道的CSI对下行信道进行重构。终端设备向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI的基本流程可以包括以下几个步骤:In the FDD system, there is a large frequency interval between the uplink channel and the downlink channel, and the uplink channel and the downlink channel are not completely reciprocal. The network equipment cannot obtain the complete downlink channel by estimating the uplink channel. This The terminal device is required to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, so that the network device can reconstruct the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel. The basic process for the terminal device to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device may include the following steps:
第一步,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息。In the first step, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device.
其中,该配置信息用于下行信道的测量配置,如下行信道的测量时间、下行信道的测量行为等。The configuration information is used for the measurement configuration of the downlink channel, such as the measurement time of the downlink channel, the measurement behavior of the downlink channel, etc.
第二步,网络设备向终端设备发送导频(reference signaling,RS)信息。In the second step, the network device sends pilot (reference signaling, RS) information to the terminal device.
其中,该RS信息用于下行信道的测量。The RS information is used for downlink channel measurement.
第三步,终端设备根据配置信息和RS信息对下行信道进行测量,从而获取下行信道的CSI。In the third step, the terminal device measures the downlink channel based on the configuration information and RS information to obtain the CSI of the downlink channel.
第四步,终端设备向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI。In the fourth step, the terminal device reports the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device.
第五步,网络设备根据下行信道的CSI,对下行信道进行重构。In the fifth step, the network device reconstructs the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel.
在FDD系统中,虽然上行信道与下行信道之间不完全互易,但上行信道与下行信道之间的部分信息具有互易性,例如角度的互易性和时延的互易性。基于此,终端设备可以根据上行信道与下行信道之间部分信息的互易性来获取下行信道的CSI,并向网络设备上报该下行信道的CSI,使得网络设备可以根据该下行信道的CSI对下行信道进行重构。终端设备根据上行信道与下行信道之间部分信息的互易性,向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI的基本流程可以包括以下几个步骤:In the FDD system, although the uplink channel and the downlink channel are not completely reciprocal, some information between the uplink channel and the downlink channel has reciprocity, such as angle reciprocity and delay reciprocity. Based on this, the terminal device can obtain the CSI of the downlink channel based on the reciprocity of part of the information between the uplink channel and the downlink channel, and report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, so that the network device can perform downlink processing based on the CSI of the downlink channel. The channel is reconstructed. The basic process for the terminal device to report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device based on the reciprocity of partial information between the uplink channel and the downlink channel may include the following steps:
第一步,网络设备对上行信道进行信道估计,并根据估计的上行信道信息获取下行信道的部分信息,如下行信道的角度信息和时延信息;In the first step, the network device performs channel estimation on the uplink channel and obtains partial information of the downlink channel based on the estimated uplink channel information, such as the angle information and delay information of the downlink channel;
第二步,网络设备向终端设备发送RS信息。In the second step, the network device sends RS information to the terminal device.
其中,该RS信息包括下行信道的角度信息和时延信息。The RS information includes angle information and delay information of the downlink channel.
第三步,终端设备根据RS信息对下行信道进行测量,从而获取下行信道的CSI。In the third step, the terminal device measures the downlink channel based on the RS information to obtain the CSI of the downlink channel.
第四步,终端设备向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI。In the fourth step, the terminal device reports the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device.
第五步,网络设备根据下行信道的CSI、下行信道的角度信息和时延信息,对下行信道进行重构。In the fifth step, the network device reconstructs the downlink channel based on the CSI of the downlink channel, the angle information and the delay information of the downlink channel.
在本申请实施例中,下行信道的CSI包括码本重构的一些指示信息,网络根据终端反馈的指示信息可以完成对预编码矩阵或信道矩阵的重构。R16 eTypeII和R17 FeTypeII对应的三级码本结构 对于R16 eTypeII码本,W1∈NP×2L为空域选择矩阵,即表示从P个空域波束中选择2L个波束;是频域压缩矩阵,即表示从离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transform,DFT)矩阵集合中选取M列,N3为频域资源块(resource block,RB)的资源数或者子带数;W2∈C2L×M为根据量化准则量化的组合系数。对于R17FeTypeII码本,为端口选择矩阵,即表示从P个端口中选择K1个端口;是频域压缩矩阵,即表示从DFT矩阵集合中选取M列,N3为频域RB的资源数或者子带数;为根据量化准则量化的组合系数。In this embodiment of the present application, the CSI of the downlink channel includes some indication information for codebook reconstruction, and the network can complete the reconstruction of the precoding matrix or channel matrix based on the indication information fed back by the terminal. The three-level codebook structure corresponding to R16 eTypeII and R17 FeTypeII For the R16 eTypeII codebook, W 1 ∈N P×2L is the spatial domain selection matrix, which means that 2L beams are selected from P spatial domain beams; is the frequency domain compression matrix, which means selecting M columns from the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) matrix set, N 3 is the number of resources or sub-bands of the frequency domain resource block (RB); W 2 ∈C 2L×M is the combination coefficient quantized according to the quantization criterion. For the R17FeTypeII codebook, is the port selection matrix, which means selecting K 1 ports from P ports; is the frequency domain compression matrix, which means selecting M columns from the DFT matrix set, and N 3 is the number of resources or subbands of the frequency domain RB; is the combination coefficient quantified according to the quantization criterion.
终端设备向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI时,可以在上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)中对码本结构信息进行上报。例如,对于R16 eTypeII NP码本,终端设备可以在UCI中上报空域选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数;再例如,对于R17 FeTypeII PS码本,终端设备可以在UCI中上报端口选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数。When the terminal device reports the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device, it may report the codebook structure information in the uplink control information (UCI). For example, for the R16 eTypeII NP codebook, the terminal device can report the indication information corresponding to the air domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters in the UCI; For another example, for the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook, the terminal device can report the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters in the UCI .
为了进一步提高系统的性能,终端设备可以采用多站协作的方式向网络设备上报下行信道的CSI,其中,其中,下行信道的CSI包括传输接收点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)对应的空域基底个数。多站协作的方式有多种,如相干协作传输(coherent joint transmission,CJT)、非相干协作传输(non-coherent joint transmission,NCJT)等。对于R18 CJT码本,参与协作的TRP和终端设备之间的距离差异可能会导致参与协作的TRP和终端设备之间信道的较大差异,当终端设备选择参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数时,不同TRP各自对应的空域基底个数之间可能存在较大差异,此时终端设备需要向网络设备单独上报参与协作的所有TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而增加了终端设备的上报开销。In order to further improve the performance of the system, the terminal device can report the CSI of the downlink channel to the network device in a multi-station cooperation manner. The CSI of the downlink channel includes the airspace base number corresponding to the transmitting and receiving point (TRP). number. There are many methods of multi-station cooperation, such as coherent cooperative transmission (coherent joint transmission, CJT), non-coherent joint transmission (NCJT), etc. For the R18 CJT codebook, the distance difference between the participating TRPs and the end device may result in a large difference in the channel between the participating TRPs and the end device. When the end device chooses to participate in the cooperating TRP, each TRP of its own When determining the number of corresponding airspace bases, there may be a large difference between the number of corresponding airspace bases for different TRPs. In this case, the terminal device needs to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in all TRPs participating in the collaboration. , thus increasing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
鉴于上述技术问题,本申请提供了一种通信方法,通过该方法,终端设备可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的所有TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。In view of the above technical problems, this application provides a communication method. Through this method, the terminal device does not need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in all TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting time of the terminal device. overhead.
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的各个实施例。Various embodiments provided by this application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应理解,在本申请实施例中多次提及TRP,可以理解,当用于测量CSI的导频(channel state information-reference signaling,CSI-RS)资源有多个时,该多个CSI-RS资源与多个TRP之间是一一对应的;当CSI-RS资源有一个时,该一个CSI-RS资源有多个天线端口,该多个天线端口可以平均分配给每一个TRP,每一个TRP获得的天线端口数组成了一个天线端口组,多个TRP获得的天线端口数组成了多个天线端口组,该多个天线端口组与多个TRP之间是一一对应的。It should be understood that TRP is mentioned many times in the embodiments of this application. It can be understood that when there are multiple pilot (channel state information-reference signaling, CSI-RS) resources used to measure CSI, the multiple CSI-RS There is a one-to-one correspondence between resources and multiple TRPs; when there is one CSI-RS resource, the one CSI-RS resource has multiple antenna ports, and the multiple antenna ports can be evenly allocated to each TRP. Each TRP The obtained number of antenna ports forms an antenna port group, and the number of antenna ports obtained by multiple TRPs forms multiple antenna port groups. There is a one-to-one correspondence between the multiple antenna port groups and multiple TRPs.
图2示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法200的示意图。如图2所示,方法200可以包括如下步骤。Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, method 200 may include the following steps.
210,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数。210. The terminal device receives first indication information from the network device. The first indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation.
示例性地,假设参与协作的多个TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,终端设备可以接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的各自空域基底的总数。For example, assuming that there are three multiple TRPs participating in cooperation, denoted as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively, the terminal device may receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 correspond to The total number of bases in their respective airspace.
应理解,参与协作的多个TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数即为参与协作的多个TRP选择的空域基底的总数。It should be understood that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation is the total number of airspace bases selected by the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
基于步骤210,终端设备获取参与协作的多个TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数的方式还可以包括:终端设备也可以接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的平均空域基底个数;终端设备根据平均空域基底个数,确定参与协作的多个TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数。Based on step 210, the way for the terminal device to obtain the total number of airspace bases corresponding to the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration may also include: the terminal device may also receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the TRPs participating in the collaboration. The average number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs; the terminal device determines the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the average number of airspace bases.
基于步骤210,终端设备获取参与协作的多个TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数的方式还可以包括:终端设备也可以接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数;终端设备根据参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,确定参与协作的多个TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数。 Based on step 210, the way for the terminal device to obtain the total number of airspace bases corresponding to the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration may also include: the terminal device may also receive first indication information from the network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs; the terminal device determines the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
220,终端设备确定第一组数值,第一组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,第一组数值中各个数值的和等于空域基底的总数。220. The terminal device determines a first set of values. Each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs. The sum of each value in the first set of values is equal to the total number of airspace bases.
应理解,参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不予限制。It should be understood that the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
终端设备确定第一组数值,可以有以下几种方式。The terminal device can determine the first set of values in the following ways.
方式#A,终端设备根据空域基底的总数,为参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP分配对应的空域基底个数。Method #A: The terminal device allocates the corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the total number of airspace bases.
其中,终端设备为参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP分配对应的空域基底个数时,可以是随机分配的,也可以是根据某种规则分配的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。When the terminal device allocates the corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, it may be allocated randomly or according to a certain rule, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,第一指示信息指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的空域基底的总数为16,则终端设备可以将TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数分配为5、6、5。For example, assuming that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively, and the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 16, then the terminal device can use TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 The corresponding number of airspace bases is allocated as 5, 6, and 5.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有两个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2,第一指示信息指示TRP1和TRP2对应的空域基底的总数为10,则终端设备可以将TRP1、TRP2各自对应的空域基底个数分配为3、7。For example, assuming that there are two TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1 and TRP2 respectively, and the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 is 10, then the terminal device can use the airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 respectively. The numbers are assigned to 3 and 7.
方式#B,终端设备根据空域基底的总数和参与协作的多个TRP的信道质量,为参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP分配对应的空域基底个数。Method #B: The terminal device allocates a corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the total number of airspace bases and the channel quality of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,第一指示信息指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的空域基底的总数为16,假设TRP1的信道质量较好,则终端设备可以将TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数分配为10、3、3。For example, it is assumed that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively. The first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 16. Assuming that the channel quality of TRP1 is better, the terminal The equipment can allocate the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to 10, 3, and 3 respectively.
通过该方式,信道质量较好的TRP可以分得较多的空域基底,从而能够提升系统的性能。In this way, TRPs with better channel quality can allocate more airspace bases, thereby improving system performance.
方式#C,终端设备根据空域基底的总数和参与协作的多个TRP的组合系数功率,为参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP分配对应的空域基底个数。Method #C: The terminal device allocates the corresponding number of airspace bases to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation based on the total number of airspace bases and the combined coefficient power of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,第一指示信息指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的空域基底的总数为16,假设TRP1的组合系数功率较大,则终端设备可以将TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数分配为10、3、3。For example, assuming that there are three TRPs participating in cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively, the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 16, and assuming that the combined coefficient power of TRP1 is larger, then The terminal equipment can allocate the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to 10, 3, and 3 respectively.
通过该方式,组合系数功率较大的TRP可以分得较多的空域基底,从而能够提升系统的性能。In this way, TRPs with larger combined coefficient power can occupy more airspace bases, thereby improving system performance.
方式#D,终端设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第一组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。In method #D, the terminal device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of airspace bases.
其中,至少一组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数。Among them, at least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
应理解,R18 CJT码本可以是对现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到的,也可以直接将现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本作为R18 CJT码本,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook, or the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,对R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本,可以理解为,对于参与协作的TRP中的信道状态较好的TRP来说,该类型的TRP往往对协作性能的影响较大,因而可以对该类型的TRP分配较多的空域基底个数。此时可以对R16 eTypeII NP码本增强,得到R18 CJT码本,该R18 CJT码本中的至少一组码本参数可以包括较多的空域基底个数。It should also be understood that the R16 eTypeII NP codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that for TRPs with better channel status among TRPs participating in collaboration, this type of TRP often has a greater impact on collaboration performance. , thus a larger number of airspace bases can be allocated to this type of TRP. At this time, the R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a larger number of airspace bases.
下文实施例以对现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本为例进行示例性说明。关于将现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本作为R18 CJT码本的示例性说明,与对现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本的示例性说明类似,在此不再进行赘述。The following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation. The exemplary description of using the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
表1给出了R18 CJT单站码本参数组合,该R18 CJT单TRP码本参数可以通过在R16 eTypeII NP码本中的码本参数中增加部分码本参数列表获得,例如,增加较大或较小的空域基底数L=8或L=1对应的码本参数组合,这里以增加L=8后的码本参数组合列表为例说明码本参数指示方法。Table 1 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination. The R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameters can be obtained by adding part of the codebook parameter list to the codebook parameters in the R16 eTypeII NP codebook. For example, add a larger or The codebook parameter combination corresponding to the smaller airspace base number L=8 or L=1. Here, the codebook parameter combination list after adding L=8 is used as an example to illustrate the codebook parameter indication method.
表1 R18 CJT单TRP码本参数组合列表

Table 1 R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameter combination list

如表1所示,L为空域基底个数;为频域基底个数,其中,v为层数,N3为预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator,PMI)子带的个数,R为每个信道状态指示(channel quality indicator,CQI)子带包含的PMI子带的个数;β为单个TRP的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。As shown in Table 1, L is the number of airspace bases; is the number of frequency domain bases, where v is the number of layers, N 3 is the number of precoding matrix indicator (PMI) sub-bands, and R is each channel quality indicator (CQI) sub-band. The number of PMI subbands included; β is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient of a single TRP to the combination coefficient.
表1给出了10组码本参数,该10组码本参数可以分别记为索引1~索引10,其中,索引1~索引10包括的空域基底个数分别为2、2、4、4、4、4、6、6、8、8,索引9和索引10为在R16 eTypeII NP码本中的码本参数中增加的两组码本参数。Table 1 shows 10 sets of codebook parameters. The 10 sets of codebook parameters can be recorded as index 1 to index 10 respectively. Among them, the number of airspace bases included in index 1 to index 10 are 2, 2, 4, 4, respectively. 4, 4, 6, 6, 8, 8, index 9 and index 10 are two sets of codebook parameters added to the codebook parameters in the R16 eTypeII NP codebook.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,第一指示信息指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的空域基底的总数为16,则终端设备可以根据索引1、索引8、索引9分别对应的码本参数,确定TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数为2、6、8。For example, assuming that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively, and the first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 16, then the terminal device can use index 1, index 8 , the codebook parameters corresponding to index 9 respectively determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to be 2, 6, and 8.
通过该方式,第一组数值可以根据至少一组码本参数(如R18 CJT码本中的码本参数)确定,从而能够减少终端设备自由选择参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数的可能方式,进一步控制终端设备的上报开销。In this way, the first set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the airspace corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs that the terminal device can freely choose to participate in collaboration. Possible ways to determine the number of bases to further control the reporting overhead of terminal devices.
230,终端设备向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值。230. The terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值,从而网络设备接收该第二指示信息后,可以确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报第一组数值,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send second indication information to the network device. The second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values. Therefore, after receiving the second indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first set of values, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of airspace bases in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
基于步骤230,当第二指示信息指示第一组数值时,可以有以下几种方式。Based on step 230, when the second indication information indicates the first set of values, the following methods may be used.
方式#E,第二指示信息包括第一索引,第一索引与第一组数值相关联。In manner #E, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
示例一,假设参与协作的TRP有四个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4,第一指示信息指示TRP1、TRP2、TRP3和TRP4对应的空域基底的总数为16,则TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式可以如表2所示,且TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于16。Example 1, assuming that there are four TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively. The first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 is 16, then TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 The possible ways for TRP4 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are as shown in Table 2, and the sum of the number of corresponding airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 is equal to 16.
表2 TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式
Table 2 Possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases
如表2所示,L1、L2、L3、L4可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的空域基底个数的索引。该空域基底个数的索引可以与表1中的索引相对应。通过空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引之间的对应关系,可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能 方式。例如,对于表2中的索引0来说,TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引为9,则TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引9对应,从表1中的索引9可以得到TRP1对应的空域基底个数为8;TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引为5,则TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引5对应,从表1中的索引5可以得到TRP2对应的空域基底个数为4;TRP3对应的空域基底个数的索引为2,则TRP3对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引2对应,从表1中的索引2可以得到TRP3对应的空域基底个数为2;TRP4对应的空域基底个数的索引为2,则TRP4对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引2对应,从表1中的索引2可以得到TRP4对应的空域基底个数为2。也就是说,对于表2中的索引0来说,TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式为:TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的空域基底个数分别为8、4、2、2,从而能够使得TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于16。通过表2中的索引1至索引5中的至少一个,也可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的其它可能方式,具体方法可以参考表2中的索引0,在此不再进行赘述。As shown in Table 2, L1, L2, L3, and L4 can be the indices of the corresponding airspace base numbers of TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively. The index of the base number of the airspace can correspond to the index in Table 1. Through the correspondence between the index of the number of airspace bases and the index in Table 1, we can get the possibility of TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 allocating the corresponding number of airspace bases. Way. For example, for index 0 in Table 2, the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 9. Then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 9 in Table 1. From index 9 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 8; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 5, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 5 in Table 1, from the index 5 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 4; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP4 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP4 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP4 is 2. That is to say, for index 0 in Table 2, the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases are: The corresponding number of airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 are respectively 8, 4, 2, 2, thus making the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 equal to 16. Through at least one of index 1 to index 5 in Table 2, other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can also be obtained. For specific methods, please refer to index 0 in Table 2. No further details will be given here.
示例性地,第一索引可以是表2中的索引0~索引5中的其中之一。例如,当第一组数值为9、5、2、2时,第一索引可以是索引0;再例如,当第一组数值为7、4、4、2时,第一索引可以是索引1。For example, the first index may be one of index 0 to index 5 in Table 2. For example, when the first group of values is 9, 5, 2, 2, the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 7, 4, 4, 2, the first index may be index 1 .
示例二,假设参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,第一指示信息指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的空域基底的总数为12,则TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式可以如表3所示,且TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于12。Example 2: Assume that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively. The first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 12, then TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 allocate their corresponding airspaces. Possible methods for the number of bases are as shown in Table 3, and the sum of the number of bases in the airspace corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 12.
表3 TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式
Table 3 Possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases
如表3所示,L1、L2、L3可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数的索引,该空域基底个数的索引可以与表1中的索引相对应。通过空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引之间的对应关系,可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式。例如,对于表3中的索引0来说,TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引为9,则TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引9对应,从表1中的索引9可以得到TRP1对应的空域基底个数为8;TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引为2,则TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引2对应,从表1中的索引2可以得到TRP2对应的空域基底个数为2;TRP3对应的空域基底个数的索引为2,则TRP3对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引2对应,从表1中的索引2可以得到TRP3对应的空域基底个数为2。也就是说,对于表3中的索引0来说,TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式为:TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数分别为8、2、2,从而能够使得TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于12。通过表3中的索引1至索引4中的至少一个,也可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的其它可能方式,具体方法可以参考表3中的索引0,在此不再进行赘述。As shown in Table 3, L1, L2, and L3 may be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively. The index of the number of airspace bases may correspond to the index in Table 1. Through the correspondence between the index of the number of airspace bases and the index in Table 1, the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can be obtained. For example, for index 0 in Table 3, the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 9. Then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 9 in Table 1. From index 9 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 8; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2. That is to say, for index 0 in Table 3, the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are: the number of corresponding airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 are 8, 2, and 2, so that the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 12. Through at least one of index 1 to index 4 in Table 3, other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases can also be obtained. For specific methods, please refer to index 0 in Table 3, here No further details will be given.
示例性地,第一索引可以是表3中的索引0~索引4中的其中之一。例如,当第一组数值为9、2、2时,第一索引可以是索引0;再例如,当第一组数值为7、4、2时,第一索引可以是索引1。For example, the first index may be one of index 0 to index 4 in Table 3. For example, when the first group of values is 9, 2, and 2, the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 7, 4, and 2, the first index may be index 1.
示例三,假设参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,第一指示信息指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的空域基底的总数为8,则TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式可以如表4所示,且TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于8。Example 3: Assume that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively. The first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is 8, then TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 allocate their corresponding airspaces. Possible ways when the number of bases are determined are as shown in Table 4, and the sum of the number of bases in the airspace corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 8.
表4 TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式

Table 4 Possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases

如表4所示,L1、L2、L3可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数的索引,该空域基底个数的索引可以与表1中的索引相对应。通过空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引之间的对应关系,可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式。例如,对于表4中的索引0来说,TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引为4,则TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引4对应,从表1中的索引4可以得到TRP1对应的空域基底个数为4;TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引为2,则TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引2对应,从表1中的索引2可以得到TRP2对应的空域基底个数为2;TRP3对应的空域基底个数的索引为2,则TRP3对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引2对应,从表1中的索引2可以得到TRP3对应的空域基底个数为2。也就是说,对于表4中的索引0来说,TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式为:TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数分别为4、2、2,从而能够使得TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于8。通过表4中的索引1,也可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的其它可能方式,具体方法可以参考表4中的索引0,在此不再进行赘述。As shown in Table 4, L1, L2, and L3 may be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively. The index of the number of airspace bases may correspond to the index in Table 1. Through the correspondence between the index of the number of airspace bases and the index in Table 1, the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can be obtained. For example, for index 0 in Table 4, the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 4, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 4 in Table 1, from index 4 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 4; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 2; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to the index 2 in Table 1, from the index 2 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3 is 2. That is to say, for index 0 in Table 4, the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are: The corresponding numbers of airspace bases for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 are 4, 2, and 2, so that the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 is equal to 8. Through index 1 in Table 4, we can also obtain other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases. For specific methods, please refer to index 0 in Table 4, which will not be described again here.
示例性地,第一索引可以是表4中的索引0或索引1。例如,当第一组数值为4、2、2时,第一索引可以是索引0;再例如,当第一组数值为3、1、1时,第一索引可以是索引1。For example, the first index may be index 0 or index 1 in Table 4. For example, when the first group of values is 4, 2, and 2, the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 3, 1, and 1, the first index may be index 1.
示例三,假设参与协作的TRP有两个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2,第一指示信息指示TRP1和TRP2对应的空域基底的总数为8,则TRP1、TRP2分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式可以如表5所示,且TRP1、TRP2各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于8。Example 3: Assume that there are two TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1 and TRP2 respectively. The first indication information indicates that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 is 8, then TRP1 and TRP2 allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases. Possible ways can be shown in Table 5, and the sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 is equal to 8.
表5 TRP1、TRP2分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式
Table 5 Possible ways for TRP1 and TRP2 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases
如表5所示,L1、L2可以分别是TRP1、TRP2各自对应的空域基底个数的索引,该空域基底个数的索引可以与表1中的索引相对应。通过空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引之间的对应关系,可以得到TRP1、TRP2分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式。例如,对于表5中的索引0来说,TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引为3,则TRP1对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引3对应,从表1中的索引3可以得到TRP1对应的空域基底个数为4;TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引为3,则TRP2对应的空域基底个数的索引与表1中的索引3对应,从表1中的索引3可以得到TRP2对应的空域基底个数为4。也就是说,对于表5中的索引0来说,TRP1、TRP2分配各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式为:TRP1、TRP2各自对应的空域基底个数分别为4、4,从而能够使得TRP1、TRP2各自对应的空域基底个数的和等于8。通过表5中的索引1至索引3中的至少一个,也可以得到TRP1、TRP2分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的其它可能方式,具体方法可以参考表5中的索引0,在此不再进行赘述。As shown in Table 5, L1 and L2 can be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 respectively, and the index of the number of airspace bases can correspond to the index in Table 1. Through the correspondence between the index of the number of airspace bases and the index in Table 1, the possible ways for TRP1 and TRP2 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can be obtained. For example, for index 0 in Table 5, the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 3, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to index 3 in Table 1, from index 3 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 is 4; the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 3, then the index of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to the index 3 in Table 1, from the index 3 in Table 1 It can be obtained that the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 is 4. That is to say, for index 0 in Table 5, the possible ways for TRP1 and TRP2 to allocate the number of corresponding airspace bases are: the number of corresponding airspace bases for TRP1 and TRP2 are 4 and 4 respectively, so that TRP1 The sum of the number of airspace bases corresponding to , TRP2 and TRP2 is equal to 8. Through at least one of index 1 to index 3 in Table 5, other possible ways for TRP1 and TRP2 to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases can also be obtained. For specific methods, please refer to index 0 in Table 5, which will not be discussed here. Elaborate.
示例性地,第一索引可以是表5中的索引0~索引3中的其中之一。例如,当第一组数值为3、3时,第一索引可以是索引0;再例如,当第一组数值为4、4时,第一索引可以是索引1。For example, the first index may be one of index 0 to index 3 in Table 5. For example, when the first group of values is 3, 3, the first index may be index 0; for another example, when the first group of values is 4, 4, the first index may be index 1.
表2~表5给出了多个TRP分配各自对应的空域基底个数时的可能方式,应理解,多个TRP与多个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数之间并不是一一对应的。例如,在表5中,L1、L2可以分别是TRP1、TRP2各自对应的空域基底个数的索引,L1、L2也可以分别是TRP2、TRP1各自对应的空域基底个数的索引,表2~表4的示例性说明与表5类似,在此不再进行赘述。Tables 2 to 5 give possible ways for multiple TRPs to allocate the corresponding number of airspace bases. It should be understood that there is no one-to-one correspondence between multiple TRPs and the number of airspace bases corresponding to multiple TRPs. For example, in Table 5, L1 and L2 can be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 respectively, and L1 and L2 can also be the indexes of the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2 and TRP1 respectively. Table 2~Table The illustrative description of Table 4 is similar to Table 5 and will not be repeated here.
可选地,当第一组数值根据方式#C确定时,第一索引的可能取值的总数不会超过某个值X,当终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,终端设备可以上报第一索引,所需的比特数可以是例如,如表2所示,第一索引的可能取值的总数为6,则终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,所需的比特数为3;再例如,如表3所示,第一索引的可能取值的总数为5,则终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,所需的比特数为3;再例如,如表4所示,第一索引的 可能取值的总数为2,则终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,所需的比特数为1;再例如,如表5所示,第一索引的可能取值的总数为4,则终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,所需的比特数为2。Optionally, when the first set of values is determined according to method #C, the total number of possible values of the first index will not exceed a certain value When corresponding to the number of airspace bases, the terminal device can report the first index, and the required number of bits can be For example, as shown in Table 2, the total number of possible values of the first index is 6, then the number of bits required when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is 3; for another example, as shown in Table 3, the total number of possible values of the first index is 5, then when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, so The required number of bits is 3; for another example, as shown in Table 4, the first index The total number of possible values is 2, then when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, the number of bits required is 1; for another example, as shown in Table 5, The total number of possible values of the first index is 4, so when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, the number of bits required is 2.
基于方式#E,终端设备通过向网络设备发送第一索引的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报与第一组数值相关联的第一索引,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on method #E, the terminal device sends the first index to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the first index associated with the first set of values, and there is no need to separately report the participation to the network device. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple coordinated TRPs can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
方式#F,第二指示信息包括位图,位图与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In manner #F, the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
其中,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Wherein, the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
示例性地,至少一组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数,如表1所示,R18 CJT码本中的码本参数有10组,则位图的位数等于10。For example, at least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. As shown in Table 1, there are 10 sets of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook, so the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to 10.
示例性地,假设第二指示信息指示参与协作的TRP有两个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2,TRP1和TRP2对应的空域基底的总数为8,则终端设备可以根据R18 CJT码本(如表1)中的码本参数的索引,确定第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引为索引2和索引7,此时索引2可以是TRP1对应的空域基底个数2的索引,索引7可以是TRP2对应的空域基底个数6的索引,此时位图可以是0001000010,其中,从右往左“1”表示表1中的相应索引为第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引。For example, assuming that the second indication information indicates that there are two TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1 and TRP2 respectively, and the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 is 8, then the terminal device can use the R18 CJT codebook (as shown in Table 1 ), determine that the indexes corresponding to each value in the first group of values are index 2 and index 7. At this time, index 2 can be the index of the airspace base number 2 corresponding to TRP1, and index 7 can be TRP2. The index of the corresponding airspace base number 6, in this case the bitmap can be 0001000010, where "1" from right to left indicates that the corresponding index in Table 1 is the index corresponding to each value in the first group of values.
基于方式#F,终端设备通过向网络设备发送位图的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联的位图,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on method #F, the terminal device sends a bitmap to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first group of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
方式#G,第二指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In manner #G, the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
其中,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。The number of digits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs. Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
示例性地,至少一组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数,假设至少一组码本参数的组数为K,参与协作的TRP的个数为N,则组合数的位数为 For example, at least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. Assume that the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters is K, and the number of TRPs participating in cooperation is N, then the number of combinations is The number is
示例性地,假设第二指示信息指示参与协作的TRP有两个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2,TRP1和TRP2对应的空域基底的总数为8,则终端设备可以根据R18 CJT码本(如表1)中的码本参数的索引,确定第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引为索引2和索引7,此时索引2可以是TRP1对应的空域基底个数2的索引,索引7可以是TRP2对应的空域基底个数6的索引,此时组合数的位数等于6。例如,组合数可以是000001。也就是说,组合数为000001,即表示第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引为索引2和索引7。For example, assuming that the second indication information indicates that there are two TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1 and TRP2 respectively, and the total number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1 and TRP2 is 8, then the terminal device can use the R18 CJT codebook (as shown in Table 1 ), determine that the indexes corresponding to each value in the first group of values are index 2 and index 7. At this time, index 2 can be the index of the airspace base number 2 corresponding to TRP1, and index 7 can be TRP2. The index of the corresponding airspace base number 6. At this time, the number of digits in the combination number is equal to 6. For example, the combination number could be 000001. In other words, the number of combinations is 000001, which means that the indexes corresponding to each value in the first group of values are index 2 and index 7.
基于方式#G,终端设备通过向网络设备发送组合数的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联的组合数,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on method #G, the terminal device sends the combination number to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations associated with the index corresponding to each value in the first set of values, and there is no need to The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is independently reported to the network device, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
可选地,第一指示信息还用于指示多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数,其中,多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数相同。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
可选地,第一指示信息还用于指示多个TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例,所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例大于或等于第一阈值,第一阈值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例的和。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple TRPs to all combination coefficients. The ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The first threshold It is the sum of the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the combination coefficients.
示例性地,假设空域基底个数为Ls,参与协作的TRP有N个,N为正整数,该N个TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例为βs,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系 数占组合系数的比例分别为βs1、βs2、…、βsN,则βs与βs1、βs2、…、βsN之间满足公式(1):For example, assuming that the number of airspace bases is L s , there are N TRPs participating in cooperation, and N is a positive integer. The proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the N TRPs to all combination coefficients is β s . The N Each TRP in the TRP corresponds to the non-zero combination system The proportions of the numbers to the combination coefficients are β s1 , β s2 ,..., β sN respectively, then the relationship between β s and β s1 , β s2 ,..., β sN satisfies formula (1):
Lsβs=L1βs1+L2βs2+…+LNβsN或者, L s β s =L 1 β s1 +L 2 β s2 +…+L N β sN or,
可选地,第一指示信息还用于指示多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例;终端设备根据非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例,确定多个TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例,所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例大于或等于第一阈值,第一阈值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例的和。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs to the combination coefficients; the terminal device determines the multiple TRPs based on the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients. The proportion of all corresponding non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients. The proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The first threshold is the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs. The sum of proportions of combination coefficients.
示例性地,假设空域基底个数为L's,参与协作的TRP有N个,N为正整数,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例为β's,终端设备根据非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例β's,确定N个TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例Nβ's,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例分别为β's1、β's2、…、β'sN,则Nβ's与β's1、β's2、…、β'sN之间满足公式(2):For example, assuming that the number of airspace bases is L' s , there are N TRPs participating in cooperation, N is a positive integer, and the average proportion of the corresponding non-zero combination coefficients of each TRP in the N TRPs to the combination coefficients is β' s , the terminal device determines the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to N TRPs to all combination coefficients Nβ' s based on the average proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients β' s , each of the N TRPs The proportions of the corresponding non-zero combination coefficients of TRP in the combination coefficients are β' s1 , β' s2 ,..., β' sN respectively, then the relationship between Nβ' s and β' s1 , β' s2 ,..., β' sN satisfies Formula (2):
NL'sβ's=L'1β's1+L'2β's2+…+L'Nβ'sN或者, NL' s β' s =L' 1 β' s1 +L' 2 β' s2 +…+L' N β' sN or,
基于方法200,终端设备向网络设备发送第一组数值后,也可以上报码本结构信息,如空域选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数。为了进一步降低终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销,网络设备也可以向终端设备发送第一组数值,从而能够使得确定第一组数值这一步骤在网络设备侧进行。Based on method 200, after the terminal device sends the first set of values to the network device, it can also report codebook structure information, such as the indication information corresponding to the air domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the combination coefficient W 2 Non-zero combination coefficients and other parameters in . In order to further reduce the processing complexity and reporting overhead of the terminal device, the network device may also send the first set of values to the terminal device, so that the step of determining the first set of values can be performed on the network device side.
网络设备向终端设备发送第一组数值,可以包括:网络设备确定第一组数值,第一组数值中的各个数值为参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数;网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值。The network device sends the first set of values to the terminal device, which may include: the network device determines the first set of values, and each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration; the network device Send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
其中,网络设备确定第一组数值,包括:网络设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第一组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Wherein, the network device determines the first set of values, including: the network device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of airspace bases.
通过该方法,第一组数值可以根据至少一组码本参数(如R18 CJT码本中的码本参数)确定,从而能够减少网络设备自由选择参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式,进一步控制网络设备的处理开销。Through this method, the first set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the network equipment's free choice of the airspace corresponding to each TRP in the TRPs participating in the collaboration. Possible ways to base the number to further control the processing overhead of network devices.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以确定第一组数值,并向终端设备发送第一组数值。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送第一组数值,便能够在获取到第一组数值后,根据第一组数值确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如空域选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can determine the first set of values and send the first set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the first set of values after obtaining the first set of values without sending the first set of values to the network device. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs can report codebook structure information to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the combination coefficient W The non-zero combination coefficient and other parameters in 2 further reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device and the reporting overhead.
可选地,第二指示信息包括第一索引,第一索引与第一组数值相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一索引。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送第一索引,便能够在获取到第一索引后,根据第一索引确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如空域选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can send the first index to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the first index after obtaining the first index without sending the first index to the network device. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in , so that codebook structure information can be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the indication information corresponding to the combination coefficient W 2 Parameters such as non-zero combination coefficients further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
可选地,第二指示信息包括位图,位图与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备发送位图。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送位图,便能够在获取到位图后,根据位图确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如空域选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can send the bitmap to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the bitmap after obtaining the bitmap without sending a bitmap to the network device. The corresponding number of airspace bases allows the codebook structure information to be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the airspace selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters, further reducing the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
可选地,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
可选地,第二指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备发送组合数。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预 留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送组合数,便能够在获取到组合数后,根据组合数确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如空域选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can send the combination number to the terminal device. Through this method, the network equipment can be guaranteed to be pre- The remaining overhead will not be wasted, and the terminal device does not need to send the combination number to the network device. After obtaining the combination number, it can determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the combination number, so that it can Report codebook structure information to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the air domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters, further reducing the processing time of the terminal equipment The complexity and reported overhead.
可选地,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the number of bits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
关于网络设备侧确定第一组数值以及向终端设备发送第一组数值的描述与终端设备侧类似,在此不再进行赘述。The description of determining the first set of values on the network device side and sending the first set of values to the terminal device is similar to that on the terminal device side, and will not be described again here.
基于方法200,终端设备可以通过向网络设备发送第一组数值的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。方法300示出了终端设备可以通过向网络设备发送比特数的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数。Based on the method 200, the terminal device may send a first set of values to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation. Method 300 shows that the terminal device can send bit numbers to the network device so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
图3示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法300的示意图。如图3所示,方法300可以包括如下步骤。Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, method 300 may include the following steps.
310,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示空域基底的总数P和参与协作的多个TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数L。310. The terminal device receives the fifth indication information from the network device. The fifth indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases P and the total number of airspace bases L corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
其中,P、L为正整数。Among them, P and L are positive integers.
其中,空域基底的总数P可以包括参与协作的多个TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数L。The total number of airspace bases P may include the total number L of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation.
应理解,参与协作的多个TRP对应的空域基底的总数即为参与协作的TRP选择的空域基底的总数。It should be understood that the total number of airspace bases corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in cooperation is the total number of airspace bases selected by the TRPs participating in cooperation.
320,终端设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,所用的比特数的位数为 320. When the terminal device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, the number of bits used is
应理解,参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不予限制。It should be understood that the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,空域基底的总数为12,参与协作的TRP对应的空域基底的总数为6,则终端设备确定参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数时,所用的比特数的位数为7。For example, assuming that there are three TRPs participating in the cooperation, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively, the total number of airspace bases is 12, and the total number of airspace bases corresponding to the TRPs participating in the cooperation is 6, then the terminal device determines that among the TRPs participating in the cooperation When each TRP corresponds to the number of spatial bases, the number of bits used is 7.
示例性地,终端设备确定参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数可以用组合数表示为110010011010,从左往右每四位组合数中的“1”分别为参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数。例如,“1100”中的“1”表示TRP1对应的空域基底个数,“1001”中的“1”表示TRP2对应的空域基底个数,“1010”中的“1”表示TRP3对应的空域基底的个数。终端设备可以使用比特数1000000表示组合数110010011010,使得比特数1000000与组合数110010011010相对应。For example, the terminal device determines that the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the TRPs participating in the cooperation can be expressed as a combination number as 110010011010, and "1" in each four-digit combination number from left to right represents the number of airspace bases participating in the cooperation. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the TRP. For example, the "1" in "1100" represents the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP1, the "1" in "1001" represents the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP2, and the "1" in "1010" represents the number of airspace bases corresponding to TRP3. number. The terminal device can use the bit number 1000000 to represent the combination number 110010011010, so that the bit number 1000000 corresponds to the combination number 110010011010.
330,终端设备向网络设备发送比特数。330, the terminal device sends the number of bits to the network device.
示例性地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送比特数1000000,网络设备收到该比特数1000000后,可以确定与该比特数1000000相对应的组合数110010011010,进而能够确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数。For example, the terminal device can send the bit number 1000000 to the network device. After the network device receives the bit number 1000000, it can determine the combination number 110010011010 corresponding to the bit number 1000000, and then can determine the number of combinations among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送比特数,该比特数与组合数相对应,从而网络设备接收该比特数后,可以根据该比特数,确定组合数,进而确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数时,可以上报比特数,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send a number of bits to the network device, and the number of bits corresponds to the number of combinations. Therefore, after the network device receives the number of bits, it can determine the number of combinations based on the number of bits, and then determine the number of combinations participating in the collaboration. The number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the TRP. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the TRP participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of bits, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of each TRP in the TRP participating in the collaboration. The corresponding number of airspace bases can reduce the reporting overhead of terminal equipment.
可选地,基于方法200~方法300,当参与协作的多个TRP中存在有部分TRP各自对应的空域基底个数为0时,终端设备可以不向网络设备上报该部分TRP各自对应的码本结构信息,如空域选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,从而能够进一步降低终端设备的上报开销。Optionally, based on methods 200 to 300, when there are multiple TRPs participating in cooperation and the number of airspace bases corresponding to some TRPs is 0, the terminal device may not report the codebooks corresponding to these TRPs to the network device. Structural information, such as the indication information corresponding to the spatial domain selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , the non-zero combination coefficient in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters, can further reduce the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
基于方法200~方法300,终端设备可以通过向网络设备发送第一组数值或者比特数的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数,终端设备可以无需向网络 设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。基于此,终端设备也可以通过向网络设备发送第二组数值的方式,使得网络设备确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,终端设备可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而也能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on methods 200 to 300, the terminal device can send a first set of values or bit numbers to the network device, so that the network device determines the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The terminal device No need to connect to the network The device independently reports the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device. Based on this, the terminal device can also send a second set of values to the network device, so that the network device determines the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient. The terminal device can There is no need to separately report to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, thus reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
图4示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法400的示意图。如图4所示,方法400可以包括如下步骤。Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, method 400 may include the following steps.
410,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例。410. The terminal device receives third indication information from the network device. The third indication information is used to indicate the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation to all combination coefficients.
示例性地,假设参与协作的多个TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,终端设备可以接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例。For example, assuming that there are three multiple TRPs participating in cooperation, denoted as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively, the terminal device may receive third indication information from the network device. The third indication information is used to indicate that TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 correspond to The proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
基于步骤410,终端设备获取参与协作的多个TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例的方式还可以包括:终端设备也可以接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例;终端设备根据非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例,确定参与协作的TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例。Based on step 410, the method for the terminal device to obtain the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to all combination coefficients may also include: the terminal device may also receive third indication information from the network device. The third indication information Used to indicate the average proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients of each TRP in multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration; the terminal device determines all the corresponding non-zero combination coefficients of the TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients. The ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
420,终端设备确定第二组数值,第二组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,第二组数值中各个数值的和等于所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例。420. The terminal device determines a second set of values. Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs to the combination coefficient. The sum of each value in the second set of values is equal to all non-zero combination coefficients. The proportion of zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
应理解,参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不予限制。It should be understood that the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
其中,参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例的和等于所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例。Among them, the sum of the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration is equal to the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients.
可选地,终端设备确定第二组数值,包括:终端设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第二组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the terminal device determines the second set of values, including: the terminal device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters including a non-zero combination coefficient accounting for a combination The ratio of coefficients.
其中,至少一组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数。Among them, at least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
应理解,R18 CJT码本可以是对现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到的,也可以直接将现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本作为R18 CJT码本,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook, or the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,对R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本,可以理解为,对于参与协作的TRP中的信道状态较好的TRP来说,该类型的TRP往往对协作性能的影响较大,因而可以对该类型的TRP分配较大的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。此时可以对R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强,得到R18 CJT码本,该R18 CJT码本中的至少一组码本参数可以包括较大的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。It should be understood that the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that for TRPs with better channel status among TRPs participating in collaboration, this type of TRP often has a greater impact on collaboration performance. Therefore, this type of TRP can be assigned a larger ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients. At this time, the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a larger ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
下文实施例以对现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本为例进行示例性说明。关于将现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本作为R18 CJT码本的示例性说明,与对现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本的示例性说明类似,在此不再进行赘述。The following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation. The exemplary description of using the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
表6给出了R18 CJT单站码本参数组合,该R18 CJT单TRP码本参数可以通过在R17 FeTypeII PS码本中的码本参数中增加部分码本参数列表获得。Table 6 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination. The R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameters can be obtained by adding a partial codebook parameter list to the codebook parameters in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook.
表6 R18 CJT单TRP码本参数组合列表

Table 6 R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameter combination list

如表6所示,M为频域基底个数;α为端口选择比例系数;β为单个TRP的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。As shown in Table 6, M is the number of frequency domain bases; α is the port selection proportion coefficient; β is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient of a single TRP in the combination coefficient.
其中,至少一组码本参数的索引可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数的索引,如表6所示,该R18 CJT码本中的码本参数的组数为12,分别对应码本参数的12个索引,即索引1、索引2、索引3、索引3、索引4、索引5、索引6、索引7、索引8、索引9、索引10、索引11、索引12,其中,索引1、索引2、索引11、索引12为在R17 FeTypeII PS码本中的码本参数中增加的四组码本参数。Among them, the index of at least one set of codebook parameters can be the index of the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. As shown in Table 6, the number of sets of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook is 12, corresponding to the codebook. The 12 indexes of the parameters, namely index 1, index 2, index 3, index 3, index 4, index 5, index 6, index 7, index 8, index 9, index 10, index 11, index 12, where index 1 , Index 2, Index 11, and Index 12 are the four sets of codebook parameters added to the codebook parameters in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook.
示例性地,假设第三指示信息指示参与协作的TRP有三个,分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3,TRP1、TRP2和TRP3对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例为9/4,则终端设备可以根据R18 CJT码本中的码本参数的索引,确定第二组数值可以包括表6中的索引4、索引5和索引6,此时索引4可以是TRP1对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例1/2的索引,索引5可以是TRP2对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例3/4的索引,索引6可以是TRP3对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例1的索引,且TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例的和等于9/4。For example, assuming that the third indication information indicates that there are three TRPs participating in the collaboration, recorded as TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 respectively, and the proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 to all combination coefficients is 9/4, then The terminal device can determine that the second set of values can include index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6 based on the index of the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. At this time, index 4 can be the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to TRP1. The index of the ratio of 1/2 of the combination coefficient. The index 5 can be the index of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to TRP2 accounting for 3/4 of the combination coefficient. The index 6 can be the index of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to TRP3 accounting for the ratio 1 of the combination coefficient. index, and the sum of the proportions of the corresponding non-zero combination coefficients of TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3 in the combination coefficients is equal to 9/4.
430,终端设备向网络设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值。430. The terminal device sends fourth indication information to the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值,从而网络设备接收该第四指示信息后,可以确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例时,可以上报第二组数值,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send fourth indication information to the network device. The fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values. Therefore, after receiving the fourth indication information, the network device can determine which of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the second set of values, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
基于步骤430,当第四指示信息指示第二组数值时,可以有以下几种方式。Based on step 430, when the fourth indication information indicates the second set of values, the following methods may be used.
方式#H,第四指示信息包括位图,位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In manner #H, the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second group of values.
其中,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Wherein, the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
示例性地,至少一组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数,如表6所示,R18 CJT码本中的码本参数有12组,则位图的位数等于12。当第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引包括表6中的索引4、索引5和索引6时,该位图可以是000000111000,其中,从右往左“1”表示表6中的相应索引为第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引。For example, at least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. As shown in Table 6, there are 12 sets of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook, so the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to 12. When the index corresponding to each value in the second group of values includes index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6, the bitmap may be 000000111000, where "1" from right to left represents the corresponding index in Table 6 is the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送位图,该位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联,从而网络设备接收该位图后,可以根据该位图,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例时,可以上报位图,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send a bitmap to the network device, and the bitmap is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values, so that after the network device receives the bitmap, it can determine participation based on the bitmap. The proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple coordinated TRPs to the combination coefficient. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the bitmap, and there is no need to separately report the collaboration to the network device. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
方式#I,第四指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。In manner #I, the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
其中,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。The number of digits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs. Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
示例性地,假设至少一组码本参数的组数为K,参与协作的TRP的个数为N,则组合数的位数为 For example, assuming that the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters is K and the number of TRPs participating in cooperation is N, then the number of digits in the number of combinations is
示例性地,至少一组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数。如表6所示,R18 CJT码本中的码本参数有12组,当参与协作的TRP有三个时,组合数的位数等于8。当第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引包括表6中的索引4、索引5和索引6时,该组合数可以是00000001。也就是说,组合数为00000001,即表示第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引包括表6中的索引4、索引5和索引6。Exemplarily, at least one set of codebook parameters may be codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. As shown in Table 6, there are 12 groups of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook. When there are three TRPs participating in the collaboration, the number of digits in the combination is equal to 8. When the index corresponding to each value in the second group of values includes index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6, the combination number may be 00000001. That is to say, the number of combinations is 00000001, which means that the index corresponding to each value in the second group of values includes index 4, index 5 and index 6 in Table 6.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以向网络设备发送组合数,该组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联,从而网络设备接收该组合数后,可以根据该组合数,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。通过该方法,终端设备向网络设备上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例时,可以上报组合数,可以无需向网络设备单独上报参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而能够降低终端设备的上报开销。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can send a combination number to the network device, and the combination number is associated with the index corresponding to each value in the second set of values. Therefore, after the network device receives the combination number, it can determine the participation based on the combination number. The proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple coordinated TRPs to the combination coefficient. Through this method, when the terminal device reports to the network device the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, it can report the number of combinations, and there is no need to separately report to the network device the number of combinations participating in the collaboration. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, thereby reducing the reporting overhead of the terminal device.
可选地,第三指示信息还用于指示多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数,其中,多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数相同。Optionally, the third indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
可选地,第三指示信息还用于指示参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的端口选择比例系数,与参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的频域基底个数相同。Optionally, the third indication information is also used to indicate the port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, and the frequency domain base number corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation. The numbers are the same.
示例性地,参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的端口选择比例系数为α,参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的频域基底个数为M,则有α=M。For example, the port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation is α, and the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation is M, then α is =M.
可选地,第三指示信息还用于指示第四阈值,第四阈值为参与协作的多个TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例,与参与协作的多个TRP对应的端口选择总比例系数的乘积,第四阈值大于或等于第五阈值,第五阈值为参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,与参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的端口选择比例系数的乘积的和。Optionally, the third indication information is also used to indicate a fourth threshold. The fourth threshold is the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in collaboration to all combination coefficients, and the port corresponding to multiple TRPs participating in collaboration. Select the product of the total proportional coefficients. The fourth threshold is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold. The fifth threshold is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient, which is the same as the TRP participating in the collaboration. The sum of the products of the port selection proportional coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the TRP.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有N个,N为正整数,该N个TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的总比例为βt,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例分别为βt1、βt2、…、βtN,该N个TRP对应的端口选择总比例系数为αt,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的端口选择比例系数为αt1、αt2、…、αtN,则αt、βt与βt1、βt2、…、βtN,αt1、αt2、…、αtN之间满足公式(3):
αtβt≥αt1βt1t2βt2+…+αtNβtN         (3)
For example, assuming that there are N TRPs participating in cooperation, N is a positive integer, the total proportion of all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the N TRPs to all combination coefficients is β t , and each TRP in the N TRPs has its own The corresponding proportions of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients are β t1 , β t2 ,..., β tN respectively. The total proportional coefficient of port selection corresponding to the N TRPs is α t , and each TRP in the N TRPs corresponds to The port selection proportional coefficients are α t1 , α t2 ,..., α tN , then α t , β t and β t1 , β t2 ,..., β tN , α t1 , α t2 ,..., α tN satisfy the formula ( 3):
α t β t ≥α t1 β t1t2 β t2 +…+α tN β tN (3)
可选地,第三指示信息还用于指示第八阈值,第八阈值为参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例,与参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的平均端口选择比例系数的乘积;终端设备根据第八阈值,确定第四阈值,第四阈值为参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例,与参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的平均端口选择比例系数,与参与协作的多个TRP的个数的乘积,第四阈值大于或等于第五阈值,第五阈值为参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,与参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的端口选择比例系数的乘积的和。Optionally, the third indication information is also used to indicate an eighth threshold. The eighth threshold is the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient, and the The product of the average port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the TRP; the terminal device determines the fourth threshold based on the eighth threshold, and the fourth threshold is the non-zero corresponding corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The average proportion of the combination coefficient to the combination coefficient, the average port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, and the product of the number of multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, the fourth threshold is greater than or equal to the Five thresholds. The fifth threshold is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient, and the port selection proportion coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The sum of the products.
示例性地,假设参与协作的TRP有N个,N为正整数,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的平均比例为β't,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例分别为β't1、β't2、…、β'tN,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的平均端口选择比例系数为α′t,该N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的端口选择比例系数为α′t1、α′t2、…、α′tN,则α′t、β't与β't1、β't2、…、β'tN,α't1、α't2、…、α'tN之间满足公式(4):
Nα'tβ't≥α't1β't1+α't2β't2+…+α'tNβ'tN      (4)
For example, assuming that there are N TRPs participating in cooperation, N is a positive integer, the average proportion of the non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs to the combination coefficients is β' t , among the N TRPs The proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the combination coefficient is β' t1 , β' t2 ,..., β' tN respectively. The corresponding average port selection proportion coefficient of each TRP in the N TRP is α′ t , the corresponding port selection proportion coefficients of each TRP in the N TRPs are α′ t1 , α′ t2 ,..., α′ tN , then α′ t , β' t and β' t1 , β' t2 ,...,β' tN ,α' t1 ,α' t2 ,...,α' tN satisfy formula (4):
Nα' t β' t ≥α' t1 β' t1 +α' t2 β' t2 +…+α' tN β' tN (4)
基于方法400,终端设备向网络设备发送第二组数值后,也可以上报码本结构信息,如端口选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数。为了进一步降低终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销,网络设备也可以向终端设备发送第二组数值,从而能够使得确定第二组数值这一步骤在网络设备侧进行。Based on method 400, after the terminal device sends the second set of values to the network device, it can also report codebook structure information, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the combination coefficient W 2 Non-zero combination coefficients and other parameters in . In order to further reduce the processing complexity and reporting overhead of the terminal device, the network device may also send the second set of values to the terminal device, so that the step of determining the second set of values can be performed on the network device side.
网络设备向终端设备发送第二组数值,可以包括:网络设备确定第二组数值,第二组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例;网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值。 The network device sends the second set of values to the terminal device, which may include: the network device determines the second set of values, and each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient; The network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
其中,网络设备确定第二组数值,包括:网络设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定第二组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Wherein, the network device determines the second set of values, including: the network device determines the second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a non-zero combination coefficient accounting for 0.5% of the combination coefficient. Proportion.
通过该方法,第二组数值可以根据至少一组码本参数(如R18 CJT码本中的码本参数)确定,从而能够减少网络设备自由选择参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数的可能方式,进一步控制网络设备的处理开销。Through this method, the second set of values can be determined based on at least one set of codebook parameters (such as the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook), thereby reducing the need for network equipment to freely choose to participate in the collaboration of multiple TRPs corresponding to each TRP. Possible ways to determine the number of airspace bases to further control the processing overhead of network devices.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以确定第二组数值,并向终端设备发送第二组数值。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送第二组数值,便能够在获取到第二组数值后,根据第二组数值确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如端口选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can determine the second set of values and send the second set of values to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the partners participating in the collaboration based on the second set of values after obtaining the second set of values without sending the second set of values to the network device. The non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRP accounts for the proportion of the combination coefficient, so that the codebook structure information can be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 and the indication corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f Information, non-zero combination coefficients in the combination coefficient W 2 and other parameters further reduce the processing complexity of the terminal device and the reporting overhead.
可选地,第四指示信息包括位图,位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备发送位图。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送位图,便能够在获取到位图后,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如端口选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can send the bitmap to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the non-standard TRP corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration without sending a bitmap to the network device after obtaining the bitmap. The proportion of zero combination coefficients in the combination coefficients allows the codebook structure information to be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the non-zero value in the combination coefficient W 2 Parameters such as combination coefficients further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
可选地,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
可选地,第四指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备发送组合数。通过该方法,可以保证网络设备的预留开销不会浪费,且终端设备可以无需向网络设备发送组合数,便能够在获取到组合数后,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,从而可以向网络设备上报码本结构信息,如端口选择矩阵W1对应的指示信息、频域压缩矩阵Wf对应的指示信息、组合系数W2中的非零组合系数等参数,进一步降低了终端设备处理的复杂度以及上报的开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can send the combination number to the terminal device. Through this method, it can be ensured that the reserved overhead of the network device will not be wasted, and the terminal device can determine the TRP corresponding to each of the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration without sending the combination number to the network device. The ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients allows the codebook structure information to be reported to the network device, such as the indication information corresponding to the port selection matrix W 1 , the indication information corresponding to the frequency domain compression matrix W f , and the non-zero combination coefficient W 2 Parameters such as zero combination coefficient further reduce the complexity of terminal device processing and reporting overhead.
可选地,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs. Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes non-zero combination coefficients accounting for 0.0% of the combination coefficients. Proportion.
关于网络设备侧确定第二组数值以及向终端设备发送第二组数值的描述与终端设备侧类似,在此不再进行赘述。The description of determining the second set of values on the network device side and sending the second set of values to the terminal device is similar to that on the terminal device side, and will not be described again here.
基于方法200~方法400,终端设备可以确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数,以及参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,并可以通过向网络设备发送第一组数值、第二组数值或者比特数的方式,使得网络设备获取参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数,以及参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。基于此,图5所示的方法500可以用于网络设备向终端设备发送多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数,从而使得终端设备可以根据该多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数,确定参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数,从而能够降低终端设备处理的复杂度,其中,多个TRP可以包括参与协作的多个TRP,每个TRP各自对应的码本参数可以包括空域基底个数,也可以包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Based on methods 200 to 400, the terminal device can determine the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation, and the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the cooperation. The proportion of the combination coefficient, and by sending the first set of values, the second set of values or the number of bits to the network device, the network device can obtain the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, And the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration to the combination coefficient. Based on this, the method 500 shown in Figure 5 can be used by the network device to send the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform its own codebook parameters according to each TRP in the multiple TRPs. The corresponding codebook parameters determine the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP among the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, thereby reducing the complexity of processing by the terminal device. The multiple TRPs may include multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration. The codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP may include the number of spatial bases, or the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients in the combination coefficients.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法500的示意图。如图5所示,方法500可以包括如下步骤。Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of yet another communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, method 500 may include the following steps.
510,网络设备根据M组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引,第二索引用于指示N个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引的组合。510. The network device determines a second index based on the indexes of M groups of codebook parameters. The second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs.
其中,M、N为正整数,且N小于或等于M。Among them, M and N are positive integers, and N is less than or equal to M.
其中,M组码本参数中的每组码本参数可以包括空域基底个数,M组码本参数中的每组码本参数也可以包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Each set of codebook parameters in M sets of codebook parameters may include the number of spatial bases, and each set of codebook parameters in M sets of codebook parameters may also include the proportion of non-zero combination coefficients in combination coefficients.
网络设备根据M组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引,可以有以下两个示例。The network device determines the second index according to the index of the M group of codebook parameters. There are two examples below.
一示例,M组码本参数中的每组码本参数可以包括空域基底个数,网络设备根据该M组码本参数 的索引,确定第二索引。As an example, each set of codebook parameters in the M sets of codebook parameters may include the number of airspace bases, and the network device determines index, determine the second index.
其中,M组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数。Among them, the M group of codebook parameters can be the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
应理解,R18 CJT码本可以是对现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到的,也可以直接将现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本作为R18 CJT码本,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook, or the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,对R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本,可以理解为,由于终端设备的上报开销与参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数相关,因此,为了控制终端设备的上报开销,可以为参与协作的多个TRP中的部分TRP分配较少的空域基底个数。此时可以对R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强,得到R18 CJT码本,该R18 CJT码本中的至少一组码本参数可以包括较少的空域基底个数。It should also be understood that the R16 eTypeII NP codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that since the reporting overhead of the terminal device is related to the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the multiple TRPs participating in the collaboration, therefore, In order to control the reporting overhead of terminal equipment, a smaller number of airspace bases can be allocated to some TRPs among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation. At this time, the R16 eTypeII NP codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a smaller number of airspace bases.
下文实施例以对现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本为例进行示例性说明。关于将现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本作为R18 CJT码本的示例性说明,与对现有的R16 eTypeII NP码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本的示例性说明类似,在此不再进行赘述。The following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation. The exemplary description of using the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R16 eTypeII NP codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
表7给出了R18 CJT单站码本参数组合,该R18 CJT单TRP码本参数可以通过在R16 eTypeII NP码本中的码本参数中增加部分码本参数列表获得,例如,增加较小的空域基底数L=1对应的码本参数组合。Table 7 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination. The R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameters can be obtained by adding part of the codebook parameter list to the codebook parameters in the R16 eTypeII NP codebook. For example, adding a smaller The codebook parameter combination corresponding to the spatial base number L=1.
表7 R18 CJT单TRP码本参数组合列表
Table 7 R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameter combination list
关于表7中的参数L、v、β的说明可参考表1中的描述,在此不再进行赘述。For descriptions of the parameters L, v, and β in Table 7, please refer to the description in Table 1, and will not be described again here.
表7给出了12组码本参数,该12组码本参数可以分别记为索引1、索引2、索引3、索引4、索引5、索引6、索引7、索引8、索引9、索引10、索引11、索引12,其中,索引1~索引4为在R16 eTypeII NP码本中的码本参数中增加的四组码本参数。Table 7 shows 12 groups of codebook parameters. The 12 groups of codebook parameters can be recorded as index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4, index 5, index 6, index 7, index 8, index 9, and index 10 respectively. , Index 11, Index 12, where Index 1 to Index 4 are the four sets of codebook parameters added to the codebook parameters in the R16 eTypeII NP codebook.
由表7可以得出,步骤810中的参数M即为12,假设步骤810中的参数N为4,即TRP的个数为4,将该四个TRP分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4,则TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数时的可能方式可以如表8所示。It can be concluded from Table 7 that the parameter M in step 810 is 12. Assume that the parameter N in step 810 is 4, that is, the number of TRPs is 4. The four TRPs are recorded as TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively. , then the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters can be shown in Table 8.
表8 TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数时的可能方式

Table 8 Possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters

如表8所示,R1、R2、R3、R4可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的码本参数的索引,该码本参数的索引可以与表7中的索引相对应。通过码本参数的索引与表7中的索引之间的对应关系,可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数的可能方式。例如,对于表8中的索引1来说,TRP1对应的码本参数的索引为1,则TRP1对应的码本参数的索引与表7中的索引1对应;TRP2对应的码本参数的索引为2,则TRP2对应的码本参数的索引与表7中的索引2对应;TRP3对应的码本参数的索引为3,则TRP3对应的码本参数的索引与表7中的索引3对应;TRP4对应的码本参数的索引为4,则TRP4对应的码本参数的索引与表7中的索引4对应。通过表8中的索引2至索引8中的至少一个,也可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数时的其它可能方式,具体方法可以参考表8中的索引1,在此不再进行赘述。As shown in Table 8, R1, R2, R3, and R4 may be the indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively. The indexes of the codebook parameters may correspond to the indexes in Table 7. Through the correspondence between the indexes of the codebook parameters and the indexes in Table 7, the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters can be obtained. For example, for index 1 in Table 8, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 is 1, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to the index 1 in Table 7; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to index 2 in Table 7; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 is 3, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to index 3 in Table 7; TRP4 The index of the corresponding codebook parameter is 4, so the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP4 corresponds to the index 4 in Table 7. Through at least one of index 2 to index 8 in Table 8, other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters can also be obtained. For specific methods, please refer to Index 1 in Table 8. This will not be described again.
基于表7和表8,网络设备可以根据表7中12组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引,该第二索引为表8中的索引1至索引8中的其中之一。Based on Table 7 and Table 8, the network device can determine the second index according to the indexes of the 12 sets of codebook parameters in Table 7, where the second index is one of index 1 to index 8 in Table 8.
另一示例,M组码本参数中的每组码本参数可以包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,网络设备根据该M组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引。In another example, each group of codebook parameters in the M groups of codebook parameters may include a ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients, and the network device determines the second index according to the index of the M groups of codebook parameters.
其中,M组码本参数可以是R18 CJT码本中的码本参数。Among them, the M group of codebook parameters can be the codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook.
应理解,R18 CJT码本可以是对现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到的,也可以直接将现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本作为R18 CJT码本,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the R18 CJT codebook can be obtained by enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook, or the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be directly used as the R18 CJT codebook. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,对R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本,可以理解为,由于终端设备的上报开销与参与协作的TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数相关,因此,为了控制终端设备的上报开销,可以为参与协作的TRP中的部分TRP分配较低的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。此时可以对R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强,得到R18 CJT码本,该R18 CJT码本中的至少一组码本参数可以包括较低的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。It should also be understood that the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook is enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. It can be understood that since the reporting overhead of the terminal device is related to the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the TRP participating in the collaboration, in order to control The reported overhead of the terminal device can allocate a lower proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to the combination coefficients for some TRPs in the TRPs participating in the collaboration. At this time, the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook can be enhanced to obtain the R18 CJT codebook. At least one set of codebook parameters in the R18 CJT codebook can include a lower ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
下文实施例以对现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本为例进行示例性说明。关于将现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本作为R18 CJT码本的示例性说明,与对现有的R17 FeTypeII PS码本进行增强得到R18 CJT码本的示例性说明类似,在此不再进行赘述。The following embodiments take the enhancement of the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook as an example for illustrative explanation. The exemplary description of using the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook as the R18 CJT codebook is similar to the exemplary description of enhancing the existing R17 FeTypeII PS codebook to obtain the R18 CJT codebook, and will not be described again here.
表9给出了R18 CJT单站码本参数组合,该R18 CJT单TRP码本参数可以通过在R17 FeTypeII PS码本中的码本参数中增加部分码本参数列表获得。Table 9 shows the R18 CJT single station codebook parameter combination. The R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameters can be obtained by adding a partial codebook parameter list to the codebook parameters in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook.
表9 R18 CJT单TRP码本参数组合列表
Table 9 R18 CJT single TRP codebook parameter combination list
关于表9中的参数M、α、β的说明可参考表6中的描述,在此不再进行赘述。 For descriptions of parameters M, α, and β in Table 9, please refer to the description in Table 6, and will not be described again here.
表9给出了16组码本参数,该16组码本参数可以分别记为索引1~索引16,其中,索引1~索引4、索引9~索引12为在R17 FeTypeII PS码本中的码本参数中增加的八组码本参数。Table 9 shows 16 groups of codebook parameters. The 16 groups of codebook parameters can be recorded as index 1 to index 16 respectively. Among them, index 1 to index 4 and index 9 to index 12 are the codes in the R17 FeTypeII PS codebook. Eight sets of codebook parameters added to this parameter.
由表9可以得出,步骤810中的参数M即为16,假设步骤810中的参数N为4,即TRP的个数为4,将该四个TRP分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4,则TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数时的可能方式可以如表10所示。It can be seen from Table 9 that the parameter M in step 810 is 16. Assume that the parameter N in step 810 is 4, that is, the number of TRPs is 4. The four TRPs are recorded as TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively. , then the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters can be shown in Table 10.
表10 TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数时的可能方式
Table 10 Possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters
如表10所示,R1、R2、R3、R4可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的码本参数的索引,该码本参数的索引可以与表9中的索引相对应。通过码本参数的索引与表9中的索引之间的对应关系,可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数的可能方式。例如,对于表10中的索引1来说,TRP1对应的码本参数的索引为1,则TRP1对应的码本参数的索引与表9中的索引1对应;TRP2对应的码本参数的索引为2,则TRP2对应的码本参数的索引与表9中的索引2对应;TRP3对应的码本参数的索引为3,则TRP3对应的码本参数的索引与表9中的索引3对应;TRP4对应的码本参数的索引为4,则TRP4对应的码本参数的索引与表9中的索引4对应。通过表10中的索引2至索引8中的至少一个,也可以得到TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4分配各自对应的码本参数时的其它可能方式,具体方法可以参考表10中的索引1,在此不再进行赘述。As shown in Table 10, R1, R2, R3, and R4 may be the indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively. The indexes of the codebook parameters may correspond to the indexes in Table 9. Through the correspondence between the indexes of the codebook parameters and the indexes in Table 9, the possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters can be obtained. For example, for index 1 in Table 10, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 is 1, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1 corresponds to the index 1 in Table 9; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 is 2, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP2 corresponds to index 2 in Table 9; the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 is 3, then the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP3 corresponds to index 3 in Table 9; TRP4 The index of the corresponding codebook parameter is 4, so the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP4 corresponds to the index 4 in Table 9. Through at least one of index 2 to index 8 in Table 10, other possible ways for TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 to allocate their corresponding codebook parameters can also be obtained. For specific methods, please refer to Index 1 in Table 10. This will not be described again.
基于表9和表10,网络设备可以根据表9中16组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引,该第二索引为表10中的索引1至索引8中的其中之一。Based on Table 9 and Table 10, the network device can determine the second index according to the indexes of the 16 groups of codebook parameters in Table 9, where the second index is one of index 1 to index 8 in Table 10.
应理解,上述两个示例均是以TRP的个数N等于4为例进行了示例性说明,可以理解,TRP的个数还可以是其它值,例如,TRP的个数可以为2,TRP的个数也可以为3。It should be understood that the above two examples are illustrated by taking the number N of TRPs equal to 4 as an example. It can be understood that the number of TRPs can also be other values. For example, the number of TRPs can be 2, and the number of TRPs can be 2. The number can also be 3.
520,网络设备向终端设备发送第二索引。520. The network device sends the second index to the terminal device.
相应地,终端设备可以接收来自网络设备的第二索引。Correspondingly, the terminal device may receive the second index from the network device.
示例性地,该第二索引可以为表8中的索引1至索引8中的其中之一,该第二索引也可以为表10中的索引1至索引8中的其中之一。例如,该第二索引可以为表8中的索引1,网络设备向终端设备发送表8中的索引1时,可以向终端设备发送表8中的索引1所对应的比特数001,终端设备接收表8中的索引1后,可以获取到4个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数。For example, the second index may be one of index 1 to index 8 in table 8, and the second index may also be one of index 1 to index 8 in table 10. For example, the second index may be index 1 in Table 8. When the network device sends index 1 in Table 8 to the terminal device, it may send the bit number 001 corresponding to index 1 in Table 8 to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives After index 1 in Table 8, the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the four TRPs can be obtained.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备发送第二索引,该第二索引用于指示N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数的索引的组合,从而终端设备接收该第二索引后,可以获取到N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数。通过该方法,网络设备向终端设备指示N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数时,可以向终端设备发送第二索引,网络设备可以不需要向终端设备单独指示N个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数,从而能够降低网络设备的指示开销。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can send a second index to the terminal device. The second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, so that the terminal device receives the second index. Finally, the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs can be obtained. Through this method, when the network device indicates to the terminal device the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP in the N TRPs, it can send the second index to the terminal device. The network device does not need to separately indicate to the terminal device the codebook parameters in the N TRPs. Each TRP has its own corresponding codebook parameters, thereby reducing the instruction overhead of the network device.
可选地,第二索引可能选取的索引的总数不会超过某个值K。例如,当第二索引为表8中的索引1至索引8中的其中之一时,第二索引可能选取的索引的总数不会超过8。Optionally, the total number of indexes that may be selected by the second index will not exceed a certain value K. For example, when the second index is one of index 1 to index 8 in table 8, the total number of indexes that the second index may select will not exceed 8.
基于步骤520,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二索引后,可以根据该第二索引,确定参与协作的Q个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数的索引,N个TRP包括参与协作的Q个TRP,参与协作的Q个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数的索引为第二索引包括的前Q个码本参数的索引,其中,N、Q为正整数。Based on step 520, after receiving the second index from the network device, the terminal device can determine the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration based on the second index. The N TRPs include Q TRPs, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP among the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, where N and Q are positive integers.
示例性地,假设第二索引为表8中的索引1至索引8中的其中之一,此时第二索引包括四个TRP 中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数的索引,假设参与协作的TRP的个数为三个,则参与协作的三个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数的索引为第二索引包括的前三个码本参数的索引。例如,假设四个TRP分别记为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4,则参与协作的三个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数的索引可以为TRP1、TRP2、TRP3各自对应的码本参数的索引。For example, assuming that the second index is one of index 1 to index 8 in Table 8, at this time the second index includes four TRPs The index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in . Assuming that the number of TRPs participating in collaboration is three, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in the three TRPs participating in collaboration is the second index. Index of the first three codebook parameters included. For example, assuming that the four TRPs are respectively recorded as TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in the three TRPs participating in the collaboration can be the codebook parameter corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, and TRP3. index of.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以根据第二索引,确定参与协作的Q个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的码本参数,从而降低了终端设备处理的复杂度。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine the codebook parameters corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration according to the second index, thereby reducing the processing complexity of the terminal device.
应理解,表8和表10给出了多个TRP分配各自对应的码本参数的可能方式,可以理解,多个TRP与多个TRP各自对应的码本参数之间并不是一一对应的。例如,在表8中,R1、R2、R3、R4可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的码本参数的索引,R1、R2、R3、R4也可以分别是TRP2、TRP1、TRP3、TRP4各自对应的码本参数的索引,R1、R2、R3、R4也可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP4、TRP3各自对应的码本参数的索引,R1、R2、R3、R4也可以分别是TRP1、TRP2、TRP3、TRP4的其它组合各自对应的码本参数的索引,表10的示例性说明与表8类似,在此不再进行赘述。It should be understood that Table 8 and Table 10 provide possible ways for multiple TRPs to allocate corresponding codebook parameters. It can be understood that there is not a one-to-one correspondence between multiple TRPs and the codebook parameters corresponding to multiple TRPs. For example, in Table 8, R1, R2, R3, and R4 can be the indexes of the corresponding codebook parameters of TRP1, TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4 respectively. R1, R2, R3, and R4 can also be respectively TRP2, TRP1, TRP3, The indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to TRP4. R1, R2, R3, and R4 can also be the indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to TRP1, TRP2, TRP4, and TRP3 respectively. R1, R2, R3, and R4 can also be the indexes of TRP1, R2, R3, and R4 respectively. Indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to other combinations of TRP2, TRP3, and TRP4. The exemplary description in Table 10 is similar to Table 8, and will not be described again here.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的图2至图5中的例子仅仅是为了便于本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,并非要将本申请实施例限于例示的具体场景。本领域技术人员根据图2至图5的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改或变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。例如,图2中的“参与协作的多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数”均可替换为“参与协作的多个TRP中的每个TRP各自对应的空域基底个数”。It can be understood that the examples in Figures 2 to 5 in the embodiments of the present application are only to facilitate those skilled in the art to understand the embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present application to the specific illustrated scenarios. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the examples in FIGS. 2 to 5 , and such modifications or changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, "the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation" in Figure 2 can be replaced by "the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP among multiple TRPs participating in cooperation."
还可以理解,本申请的各实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,也可以在某些场景下,与其他特征进行结合,不作限定。It can also be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application may not depend on other features in certain scenarios, or may be combined with other features in certain scenarios without limitation.
还可以理解,本申请的各实施例中的方案可以进行合理的组合使用,并且实施例中出现的各个术语的解释或说明可以在各个实施例中互相参考或解释,对此不作限定。It can also be understood that the solutions in the various embodiments of the present application can be used in reasonable combinations, and the explanations or descriptions of various terms appearing in the embodiments can be referred to or interpreted in each embodiment, without limitation.
还可以理解,在本申请的各实施例中的各种数字序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,仅为描述方便进行的区分,不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It can also be understood that the sizes of various numerical serial numbers in the embodiments of the present application do not mean the order of execution, but are only distinctions for convenience of description, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
还可以理解,在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It can also be understood that in this application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more, and "plurality" refers to two or more. "And/or" is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. , where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c" ”, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
还可以理解,在本申请的各实施例中涉及到一些信息名称,如第一指示信息、第二指示信息等等,应理解,其命名不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。It can also be understood that each embodiment of the present application involves some information names, such as first instruction information, second instruction information, etc. It should be understood that the naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
还可以理解,上述各个方法实施例中,由终端设备或网络设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由终端设备或网络设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)来实现。It can also be understood that in the above method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by the terminal device or network device can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of the terminal device or network device.
相应于上述各方法实施例给出的方法,本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置,所述装置包括用于执行上述各个方法实施例相应的模块。该模块可以是软件,也可以是硬件,或者是软件和硬件结合。可以理解的是,上述各方法实施例所描述的技术特征同样适用于以下装置实施例。Corresponding to the methods provided in the above method embodiments, embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices, and the devices include modules for executing corresponding modules in each of the above method embodiments. The module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. It can be understood that the technical features described in the above method embodiments are also applicable to the following device embodiments.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从网络设备、终端设备、以及网络设备、终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,网络设备和终端设备可以包括硬件结构和/或软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能以硬件结构、软件模块、还是硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided by the present application, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspectives of network equipment, terminal equipment, and interaction between network equipment and terminal equipment. In order to implement each function in the method provided by the above embodiments of the present application, network equipment and terminal equipment may include hardware structures and/or software modules to implement the above functions in the form of hardware structures, software modules, or hardware structures plus software modules. . Whether one of the above functions is performed as a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
以上,结合图2至图5详细说明了本申请实施例提供的通信方法。以下,结合图6至图8详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信装置。Above, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIGS. 2 to 5 . The communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 6 to 8 .
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意性框图。该装置600包括处理单元620和收发单元610,处理单元620可以用于实现相应的处理功能,如确定第一组数值,收发单元610可以用于实现 相应的通信功能。收发单元610还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。Figure 6 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 600 includes a processing unit 620 and a transceiver unit 610. The processing unit 620 can be used to implement corresponding processing functions, such as determining a first set of values. The transceiver unit 610 can be used to implement Corresponding communication functions. The transceiver unit 610 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
可选地,该装置600还包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元620可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中的终端设备或网络设备的动作。Optionally, the device 600 also includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 620 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements each of the foregoing method embodiments. The actions of terminal equipment or network equipment in .
该装置600可以用于执行上文各个方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备所执行的动作,这时,该装置600可以为终端设备或者终端设备的组成部件,也可以为网络设备或网络设备的组成部件,收发单元610用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元620用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的处理相关的操作。The device 600 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device or the network device in the above method embodiments. In this case, the device 600 can be a terminal device or a component of the terminal device, or a network device or a component of the network device. As a component, the transceiver unit 610 is used to perform operations related to the transceiver of the terminal device or the network device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 620 is used to perform the operations related to the processing of the terminal device or the network device in the above method embodiment.
作为一种设计,该装置600用于执行上文各个方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。As a design, the device 600 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
一种可能的实现方式,收发单元610,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数;处理单元620,用于确定第一组数值,第一组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,第一组数值中各个数值的和等于空域基底的总数;收发单元610,用于向网络设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值。In one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 610 is configured to receive the first indication information from the network device. The first indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation; the processing unit 620 , used to determine the first set of values. Each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs. The sum of each value in the first set of values is equal to the total number of airspace bases; the transceiver unit 610 , used to send second indication information to the network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
可选地,处理单元620,用于根据至少一组码本参数,确定第一组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
可选地,第二指示信息包括第一索引,第一索引与第一组数值相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
可选地,第二指示信息包括位图,位图与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
可选地,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
可选地,第二指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
可选地,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the number of bits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
可选地,第一指示信息还用于指示多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数,其中,多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数相同。Optionally, the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
另一种可能的实现方式,收发单元610,用于接收来自网络设备的第二索引,第二索引用于指示N个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引的组合;处理单元620,用于根据第二索引,确定参与协作的Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引,N个TRP包括Q个TRP,Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引为第二索引包括的前Q个码本参数的索引,其中,N、Q为正整数。In another possible implementation, the transceiver unit 610 is configured to receive a second index from the network device. The second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP; processing Unit 620 is configured to determine, based on the second index, the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration. The N TRPs include Q TRPs, and the codebook parameters corresponding to each of the Q TRPs are The index is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, where N and Q are positive integers.
另一种可能的实现方式,收发单元610,用于接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP对应的所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例;处理单元620,用于确定第二组数值,第二组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例,第二组数值中各个数值的和等于所有非零组合系数占所有组合系数的比例;收发单元610,用于向网络设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值。In another possible implementation, the transceiver unit 610 is used to receive the third indication information from the network device. The third indication information is used to indicate that all non-zero combination coefficients corresponding to the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation account for all combinations. The proportion of coefficients; the processing unit 620 is used to determine a second set of values. Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient. Each value in the second set of values The sum of the values is equal to the ratio of all non-zero combination coefficients to all combination coefficients; the transceiver unit 610 is configured to send fourth indication information to the network device, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
可选地,处理单元620,用于根据至少一组码本参数,确定第二组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
可选地,第四指示信息包括位图,位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
可选地,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
可选地,第四指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
可选地,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs. Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes non-zero combination coefficients accounting for 0.0% of the combination coefficients. Proportion.
可选地,第三指示信息还用于指示多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数,其中,多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数相同。Optionally, the third indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, where the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs is the same.
另一种可能的实现方式,收发单元610,用于接收来自网络设备的第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示空域基底的总数P和参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数L,其中,P、 L为正整数;处理单元,用于确定多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数时,所用的比特数的位数为收发单元,用于向网络设备发送比特数。Another possible implementation, the transceiver unit 610 is used to receive the fifth indication information from the network device. The fifth indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases P and the airspace corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation. The total number of bases L, where, P, L is a positive integer; the processing unit is used to determine the number of air domain bases corresponding to each TRP in multiple TRPs. The number of bits used is Transceiver unit, used to send bits to network equipment.
该装置600可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,该装置600可以包括用于执行图2至图5中任意一个所示实施例中终端设备执行的方法的单元。The device 600 can implement steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the method embodiments according to the embodiments of the present application. The device 600 can include a step for executing the execution of the terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5. method unit.
作为另一种设计,该装置600用于执行上文各个方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。As another design, the device 600 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in each of the above method embodiments.
一种可能的实现方式,处理单元620,用于确定第一组数值,第一组数值中的各个数值为参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数;收发单元610,用于向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一组数值。In one possible implementation, the processing unit 620 is used to determine a first set of values, where each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP of multiple transmission and reception points TRP participating in the collaboration; the transceiver unit 610, used to send second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
可选地,处理单元620,用于根据至少一组码本参数,确定第一组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
可选地,第二指示信息包括第一索引,第一索引与第一组数值相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
可选地,第二指示信息包括位图,位图与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
可选地,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the number of bits of the bitmap is equal to the number of sets of at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
可选地,第二指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
可选地,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。Optionally, the number of bits in the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
另一种可能的实现方式,处理单元620,用于根据M组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引,第二索引用于指示N个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引的组合,其中,M、N为正整数,且N小于或等于M;收发单元,用于向终端设备发送第二索引。In another possible implementation, the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a second index according to the indexes of the M groups of codebook parameters. The second index is used to indicate the codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP. A combination of indexes, where M and N are positive integers, and N is less than or equal to M; a transceiver unit configured to send the second index to the terminal device.
可选地,N个TRP包括参与协作的Q个TRP,参与协作的Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引为第二索引包括的前Q个码本参数的索引,Q为正整数。Optionally, N TRPs include Q TRPs participating in collaboration. The index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in the Q TRPs participating in collaboration is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, and Q is positive. integer.
另一种可能的实现方式,处理单元620,用于确定第二组数值,第二组数值中的各个数值为多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的非零组合系数占组合系数的比例;收发单元610,用于向终端设备发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第二组数值。In another possible implementation, the processing unit 620 is used to determine a second set of values. Each value in the second set of values is the proportion of the non-zero combination coefficient corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs to the combination coefficient; the transceiver unit 610, used to send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second set of values.
可选地,处理单元620,用于根据至少一组码本参数,确定第二组数值,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the processing unit 620 is configured to determine a second set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, where each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a ratio of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
可选地,第四指示信息包括位图,位图与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the fourth indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
可选地,位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a proportion of non-zero combination coefficients to combination coefficients.
可选地,第四指示信息包括组合数,组合数与第二组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。Optionally, the fourth indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the second set of values.
可选地,组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和多个TRP的个数确定,至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括非零组合系数占组合系数的比例。Optionally, the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of multiple TRPs. Each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes non-zero combination coefficients accounting for 0.0% of the combination coefficients. Proportion.
该装置600可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,该装置600可以包括用于执行图2至图5中任意一个所示实施例中网络设备执行的方法的单元。The device 600 can implement steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the network device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application. The device 600 can include a method for executing the execution of the network device in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5. method unit.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in each of the above method embodiments, and will not be described again for the sake of brevity.
还应理解,这里的装置600以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置600可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备,可以用于执行上述各方法实施例中与终端设备或网络设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should also be understood that the device 600 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit. The term "unit" as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group of processors) used to execute one or more software or firmware programs. processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 600 can be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the above embodiments, and can be used to execute various processes corresponding to the terminal device or network device in the above method embodiments. and/or steps, to avoid repetition, will not be repeated here.
上述各个方案的装置600具有实现上述方法中终端设备或网络设备所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与 上述功能相对应的模块;例如收发单元可以由收发机替代(例如,收发单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代,收发单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代),其它单元,如处理单元等可以由处理器替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The apparatus 600 of each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device or network device in the above method. The functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more Modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiver), other units, such as processing units, etc. The processor may be used instead to perform the sending and receiving operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment respectively.
此外,上述收发单元610还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路),处理单元可以是处理电路。In addition, the above-mentioned transceiver unit 610 may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
需要指出的是,图6中的装置可以是前述实施例中的设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。It should be pointed out that the device in Figure 6 can be the device in the aforementioned embodiment, or it can be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC). The transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. No limitation is made here.
如图7所示,本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置700。该装置700包括处理器710,处理器710与存储器720耦合,存储器720用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器710用于执行存储器720存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存储器720存储的数据,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。As shown in Figure 7, an embodiment of the present application provides another communication device 700. The device 700 includes a processor 710 coupled to a memory 720 for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data. The processor 710 is used for executing computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 720, or reading the memory 720. The stored data is used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
可选地,处理器710为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors 710 .
可选地,存储器720为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more memories 720 .
可选地,该存储器720与该处理器710集成在一起,或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 720 is integrated with the processor 710, or is provided separately.
可选地,如图7所示,该装置700还包括收发器730,收发器730用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器710用于控制收发器730进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in Figure 7, the device 700 also includes a transceiver 730, which is used for receiving and/or transmitting signals. For example, the processor 710 is used to control the transceiver 730 to receive and/or transmit signals.
作为一种方案,该装置700用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备或网络设备执行的操作。As a solution, the device 700 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device or network device in each of the above method embodiments.
例如,处理器710用于执行存储器720存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中终端设备的相关操作。例如,图2至图5中任意一个所示实施例中的终端设备执行的方法。For example, the processor 710 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 720 to implement related operations of the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments. For example, the method executed by the terminal device in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。例如,RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定,RAM包括如下多种形式:静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, RAM includes the following forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) can be integrated in the processor.
还需要说明的是,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
如图8,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统800。该芯片系统800(或者也可以称为处理系统)包括逻辑电路810以及输入/输出接口(input/output interface)820。As shown in Figure 8, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system 800. The chip system 800 (or can also be called a processing system) includes a logic circuit 810 and an input/output interface 820.
其中,逻辑电路810可以为芯片系统800中的处理电路。逻辑电路810可以耦合连接存储单元,调用存储单元中的指令,使得芯片系统800可以实现本申请各实施例的方法和功能。输入/输出接口820,可以为芯片系统800中的输入输出电路,将芯片系统800处理好的信息输出,或将待处理的数据或信令信息输入芯片系统800进行处理。The logic circuit 810 may be a processing circuit in the chip system 800 . The logic circuit 810 can be coupled to the storage unit and call instructions in the storage unit, so that the chip system 800 can implement the methods and functions of various embodiments of the present application. The input/output interface 820 can be an input/output circuit in the chip system 800, which outputs information processed by the chip system 800, or inputs data or signaling information to be processed into the chip system 800 for processing.
作为一种方案,该芯片系统800用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备或网络设备执行的操作。As a solution, the chip system 800 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device or network device in each of the above method embodiments.
例如,逻辑电路810用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的处理相关的操作,如图2至图5中任意一个所示实施例中的终端设备执行的处理相关的操作;输入/输出接口820用于实现上文方法实 施例中由终端设备执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作,如图2至图5中任意一个所示实施例中的终端设备执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作。For example, the logic circuit 810 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment, such as the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 5; input / The output interface 820 is used to implement the above method The sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the terminal device in the embodiment are the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 .
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中由终端设备或网络设备执行的方法的计算机指令。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which are stored computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by terminal devices or network devices in each of the above method embodiments.
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以实现上述方法各实施例中由终端设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method executed by the terminal device in each embodiment of the above method.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,包含指令,该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中由终端设备或网络设备执行的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which includes instructions. When the instructions are executed by a computer, the methods executed by terminal devices or network devices in each of the above method embodiments are implemented.
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。For explanations of relevant content and beneficial effects of any of the devices provided above, please refer to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。此外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如,所述计算机可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)等。例如,前述的可用介质包括但不限于:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. For example, the computer may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated. The available media may be magnetic media (such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (such as DVDs), or semiconductor media (such as solid state disks (SSD)), etc. For example, the aforementioned available media include but Not limited to: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP各自对应的空域基底的总数;The terminal device receives first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the total number of airspace bases corresponding to each of the multiple transmission reception points TRP participating in the cooperation;
    所述终端设备确定第一组数值,所述第一组数值中的各个数值为所述多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数,所述第一组数值中各个数值的和等于所述空域基底的总数;The terminal device determines a first set of values, each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, and the sum of each value in the first set of values is equal to The total number of bases in the airspace mentioned above;
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一组数值。The terminal device sends second indication information to the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定所述第一组数值,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the terminal device determines the first set of values, including:
    所述终端设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定所述第一组数值,所述至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。The terminal device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a number of spatial bases.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一索引与所述第一组数值相关联。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括位图,所述位图与所述第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,所述至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the number of bits in the bitmap is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a spatial base number. number.
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括组合数,所述组合数与所述第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数和所述多个TRP的个数确定,所述至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。The method according to claim 6, wherein the number of digits of the combination number is determined based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters and the number of the plurality of TRPs. Each set of codebook parameters includes the number of spatial bases.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数,其中,所述多个TRP中的各个TRP对应的频域基底个数相同。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the first indication information is also used to indicate the number of frequency domain bases corresponding to each TRP in the plurality of TRPs, wherein the Each TRP in multiple TRPs corresponds to the same number of frequency domain bases.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二索引,所述第二索引用于指示N个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引的组合;The terminal device receives a second index from the network device, where the second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二索引,确定参与协作的Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引,所述N个TRP包括所述Q个TRP,所述Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引为所述第二索引包括的前Q个码本参数的索引,其中,N、Q为正整数。The terminal device determines the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each of the Q TRPs participating in the collaboration according to the second index, the N TRPs include the Q TRPs, and each of the Q TRPs The index of the codebook parameter corresponding to the TRP is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, where N and Q are positive integers.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    网络设备确定第一组数值,所述第一组数值中的各个数值为参与协作的多个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的空域基底个数;The network device determines a first set of values, where each value in the first set of values is the number of airspace bases corresponding to each TRP of the multiple transmission and reception points TRP participating in the cooperation;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一组数值。The network device sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first set of values.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备确定所述第一组数值,包括:The method of claim 10, wherein the network device determines the first set of values, including:
    所述网络设备根据至少一组码本参数,确定所述第一组数值,所述至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。The network device determines the first set of values based on at least one set of codebook parameters, and each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a number of spatial bases.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一索引与所述第一组数值相关联。The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the second indication information includes a first index, and the first index is associated with the first set of numerical values.
  13. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括位图,所述位图与所述第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the second indication information includes a bitmap, and the bitmap is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述位图的位数等于至少一组码本参数的组数,所述至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。The method according to claim 13, wherein the number of bitmaps is equal to the number of groups of at least one group of codebook parameters, and each group of codebook parameters in the at least one group of codebook parameters includes a spatial base number. number.
  15. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括组合数,所述组合数与所述第一组数值中的各个数值对应的索引相关联。The method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the second indication information includes a combination number, and the combination number is associated with an index corresponding to each value in the first set of values.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述组合数的位数根据至少一组码本参数的组数 和所述多个TRP的个数确定,所述至少一组码本参数中的每组码本参数包括空域基底个数。The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the number of digits of the combination number is based on the number of groups of at least one set of codebook parameters. Determined by the number of the plurality of TRPs, each set of codebook parameters in the at least one set of codebook parameters includes a number of spatial bases.
  17. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    网络设备根据M组码本参数的索引,确定第二索引,所述第二索引用于指示N个传输接收点TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引的组合,其中,M、N为正整数,且N小于或等于M;The network device determines a second index based on the indexes of M groups of codebook parameters. The second index is used to indicate a combination of indexes of codebook parameters corresponding to each TRP of the N transmission reception points TRP, where M and N are A positive integer, and N is less than or equal to M;
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述第二索引。The network device sends the second index to the terminal device.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 17, characterized in that:
    所述N个TRP包括参与协作的Q个TRP,所述参与协作的Q个TRP中的各个TRP对应的码本参数的索引为所述第二索引包括的前Q个码本参数的索引,Q为正整数。The N TRPs include Q TRPs participating in collaboration, and the index of the codebook parameter corresponding to each TRP in the Q TRPs participating in collaboration is the index of the first Q codebook parameters included in the second index, Q is a positive integer.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或者,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求9所述的方法,或者,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求10至16中任一项所述的方法,或者,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求17或18所述的方法。Processor, configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory, so that the device performs the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8, or so that the device performs the method as claimed in claim 9 , or, so that the device performs the method as described in any one of claims 10 to 16, or, so that the device performs the method as described in claim 17 or 18.
  20. 根据权利19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括所述存储器。The device of claim 19, further comprising the memory.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述装置执行如权利要求9所述的方法,或者,使得所述装置执行如权利要求10至16中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述装置执行如权利要求17或18所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program is run on a computer, the device is caused to execute any one of claims 1 to 8. The method of claim 9, or causing the device to perform the method of claim 9, or causing the device to perform the method of any one of claims 10 to 16, or causing the device to The method as claimed in claim 17 or 18 is performed.
  22. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法的指令,或者,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求9所述的方法的指令,或者,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求10至16中任一项所述的方法的指令,或者,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求17或18所述的方法的指令。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes instructions for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8, or the computer program product includes instructions for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 8. 9, or the computer program product includes instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 10 to 16, or the computer program product includes instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 10 to 16. Instructions for the method described in 17 or 18.
PCT/CN2023/104918 2022-08-22 2023-06-30 Communication method and apparatus WO2024041212A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211008186.6A CN117676867A (en) 2022-08-22 2022-08-22 Communication method and device
CN202211008186.6 2022-08-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024041212A1 true WO2024041212A1 (en) 2024-02-29

Family

ID=90012408

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/104918 WO2024041212A1 (en) 2022-08-22 2023-06-30 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117676867A (en)
WO (1) WO2024041212A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021253419A1 (en) * 2020-06-19 2021-12-23 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Method for determining feedback mode, communication apparatus and storage medium
WO2022082523A1 (en) * 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method, related apparatus, and device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021253419A1 (en) * 2020-06-19 2021-12-23 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Method for determining feedback mode, communication apparatus and storage medium
WO2022082523A1 (en) * 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method, related apparatus, and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2204540, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20220509 - 20220520, 29 April 2022 (2022-04-29), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052153577 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117676867A (en) 2024-03-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022148490A1 (en) Csi reporting method and apparatus
WO2021083068A1 (en) Method for reporting channel state information and communication apparatus
WO2021017773A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting channel state information
WO2021052473A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021134626A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks
WO2022048400A1 (en) Channel feedback method and apparatus
US20230239014A1 (en) Information indication method and apparatus
CN115104263A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021159309A1 (en) Channel measurement method and communication device
WO2024041212A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022199346A1 (en) Instruction method and related product
WO2023060449A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022012256A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2022082523A1 (en) Information transmission method, related apparatus, and device
WO2021258780A1 (en) Resource scheduling method, apparatus, and device, terminal device, base station, and storage medium
WO2021179311A1 (en) Channel state information (csi) measurement indication method and communication apparatus
WO2024093830A1 (en) Channel state parameter reporting method, apparatus and system
WO2024027393A1 (en) Channel state information feedback method and apparatus
WO2024055939A1 (en) Measurement resource configuration method and apparatus
WO2024061093A1 (en) Uplink precoding indication method and communication apparatus
WO2024051810A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2024032202A1 (en) Coordinated transmission and reception point indication method and apparatus
WO2024032241A1 (en) Frequency domain component reporting method, and apparatus
WO2021097625A1 (en) Channel determination method and communication apparatus
WO2024093867A1 (en) Precoding indication method, and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23856302

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1